3,5-diaminopyrazole kinase inhibitors

ABSTRACT

Provided herein are 3,5-diaminopyrazoles, for example, compounds of Formula IA, that are useful for modulating regulated-in-COPD kinase activity, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Also provided herein are methods of their use for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of U.S. Patent application Ser. No. 13/830,486, filed Mar. 14, 2013, which claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/612,007, filed Mar. 16, 2012, the disclosure of each of which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

FIELD

Provided herein are 3,5-diaminopyrazoles that are useful for modulating regulated-in-COPD kinase (RC kinase) activity, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Also provided herein are methods of their use for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition.

BACKGROUND

Regulated-in-COPD kinase (RC kinase) is closely related to MAPKKK3, which directly regulates the pathways of stress-activated protein kinase (SAPK) and extracellular signal-regulated protein kinase (ERK) by activating SEK and MEK1/2, respectively. See, U.S. Pat. No. 7,829,685, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. RC kinase is an upstream activator in MAP kinase signaling cascades, capable of phosphorylating MAP kinase kinases such as MKK4 and MKK6. The activation of MKK4 leads to the phosphorylation of JNK-type MAP kinases, leading to the phosphorylation of c-Jun and thus the activation of the AP-1 transcription factor complex. As a result, interleukin-8 production is increased, leading to the recruitment of inflammatory cells, such as neutrophils. The activation of MKK6 leads to the phosphorylation of p38-type MAP kinases, which is important in the activation of the immune response and key regulators of inflammatory cytokine expression. The occurrence of cellular stresses, the activation of the transcription factor, and the overproduction of interleukin-8 are characteristic of numerous inflammatory diseases. Thus, the regulation of RC kinase activity can potentially be beneficial to patients with inflammatory diseases.

RC kinase has been shown to be highly expressed in the lung and trachea. Some of the expressed sequence tags of human RC kinase are also expressed in the lung epithelial cells and in primary lung cystic fibrosis epithelial cells. Microarray analyses of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) show that RC kinase is upregulated in the lungs of COPD patients. On cellular level, it has been shown that the expression of RC kinase is upregulated in response to a hyperosmotic or oxidative stress. For example, the expression of RC kinase in cells increase significantly after exposure to potassium chloride or hydrogen peroxide. Potassium chloride subjects cells to a hyperosmotic stress. Hydrogen peroxide subjects cells to an oxidative stress, which impairs the capacity of B cells to stimulate specific T cells. Such upregulation of RC kinase in cells in response to hyperosmotic and oxidative stress suggests that higher expression of RC kinase in lungs of COPD patients may be the result of cellular stresses caused by the irritants in tobacco smoke or stresses caused by inflammatory response to those irritants.

Therefore, RC kinase inhibitors are potentially useful for the treatment of inflammatory diseases, including COPD.

SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE

Provided herein is a 3,5-diaminopyrazole of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein:

-   -   R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆         alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein:

-   -   R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or         heterocyclyl;     -   R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆         alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl,         heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl,         C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and

each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl;

wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a);

wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.

Also provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound disclosed herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

Also provided herein is a 3,5-diaminopyrazole of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), or —S(O)₂R^(1a);

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein:

-   -   R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆         alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein:

-   -   R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or         heterocyclyl;     -   R^(5e) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆         alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl,         heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl,         C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and

each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl;

wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a);

wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.

Further provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

Additionally provided herein is a method of modulating RC kinase activity, comprising contacting a RC kinase with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

To facilitate understanding of the disclosure set forth herein, a number of terms are defined below.

Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in organic chemistry, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacology described herein are those well known and commonly employed in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs.

The term “subject” refers to an animal, including, but not limited to, a primate (e.g., human), cow, pig, sheep, goat, horse, dog, cat, rabbit, rat, or mouse. The terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference, for example, to a mammalian subject, such as a human subject, in one embodiment, a human.

The terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment” are meant to include alleviating or abrogating a disorder, disease, or condition, or one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder, disease, or condition; or alleviating or eradicating the cause(s) of the disorder, disease, or condition itself.

The terms “prevent,” “preventing,” and “prevention” are meant to include a method of delaying and/or precluding the onset of a disorder, disease, or condition, and/or its attendant symptoms; barring a subject from acquiring a disorder, disease, or condition; or reducing a subject's risk of acquiring a disorder, disease, or condition.

The term “therapeutically effective amount” are meant to include the amount of a compound that, when administered, is sufficient to prevent development of, or alleviate to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the disorder, disease, or condition being treated. The term “therapeutically effective amount” also refers to the amount of a compound that is sufficient to elicit the biological or medical response of a biological molecule (e.g., a protein, enzyme, RNA, or DNA), cell, tissue, system, animal, or human, which is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or clinician.

The term “IC₅₀” or “EC₅₀” refers an amount, concentration, or dosage of a compound that is required for 50% inhibition of a maximal response in an assay that measures such response.

The term “CC₅₀” refers an amount, concentration, or dosage of a compound that results in 50% reduction of the viability of a host. In certain embodiments, the CC₅₀ of a compound is the amount, concentration, or dosage of the compound that is required to reduce the viability of cells treated with the compound by 50%, in comparison with cells untreated with the compound.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier,” “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” “physiologically acceptable carrier,” or “physiologically acceptable excipient” refers to a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, solvent, or encapsulating material. In one embodiment, each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of humans and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. See, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st ed.; Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: Philadelphia, Pa., 2005; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 6th ed.; Rowe et al., Eds.; The Pharmaceutical Press and the American Pharmaceutical Association: 2009; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd ed.; Ash and Ash Eds.; Gower Publishing Company: 2007; Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd ed.; Gibson Ed.; CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, Fla., 2009.

The term “about” or “approximately” means an acceptable error for a particular value as determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, which depends in part on how the value is measured or determined. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 1, 2, 3, or 4 standard deviations. In certain embodiments, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 50%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, 0.5%, or 0.05% of a given value or range.

The terms “active ingredient” and “active substance” refer to a compound, which is administered, alone or in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, to a subject for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a disorder, disease, or condition. As used herein, “active ingredient” and “active substance” may be an optically active isomer or an isotopic variant of a compound described herein.

The terms “drug,” “therapeutic agent,” and “chemotherapeutic agent” refer to a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, which is administered to a subject for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a disorder, disease, or condition.

The term “alkyl” refers to a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C₁₋₆ alkyl refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkyl is a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical that has 1 to 20 (C₁₋₂₀), 1 to 15 (C₁₋₁₅), 1 to 10 (C₁₋₁₀), or 1 to 6 (C₁₋₆) carbon atoms, or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C₃₋₂₀), 3 to 15 (C₃₋₁₅), 3 to 10 (C₃₋₁₀), or 3 to 6 (C₃₋₆) carbon atoms. As used herein, linear C₁₋₆ and branched C₃₋₆ alkyl groups are also referred as “lower alkyl.” Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl (including all isomeric forms), n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl (including all isomeric forms), n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl (including all isomeric forms), and hexyl (including all isomeric forms).

The term “alkenyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon double bond(s), wherein the alkenyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. The term “alkenyl” embraces radicals having a “cis” or “trans” configuration or a mixture thereof, or alternatively, a “Z” or “E” configuration or a mixture thereof, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. For example, C₂₋₆ alkenyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C₂₋₂₀), 2 to 15 (C₂₋₁₅), 2 to 10 (C₂₋₁₀), or 2 to 6 (C₂₋₆) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C₃₋₂₀), 3 to 15 (C₃₋₁₅), 3 to 10 (C₃₋₁₀), or 3 to 6 (C₃₋₆) carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propen-1-yl, propen-2-yl, allyl, butenyl, and 4-methylbutenyl.

The term “alkynyl” refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical, which contains one or more, in one embodiment, one to five, in another embodiment, one, carbon-carbon triple bond(s), wherein the alkynyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. For example, C₂₋₆ alkynyl refers to a linear unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched unsaturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 6 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl is a linear monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 2 to 20 (C₂₋₂₀), 2 to 15 (C₂₋₁₅), 2 to 10 (C₂₋₁₀), or 2 to 6 (C₂₋₆) carbon atoms, or a branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 20 (C₃₋₂₀), 3 to 15 (C₃₋₁₅), 3 to 10 (C₃₋₁₀), or 3 to 6 (C₃₋₆) carbon atoms. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (—C≡CH), propynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-propynyl (—C≡CCH₃) and propargyl (—CH₂C≡CH)), butynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-butyn-1-yl and 2-butyn-1-yl), pentynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-pentyn-1-yl and 1-methyl-2-butyn-1-yl), and hexynyl (including all isomeric forms, e.g., 1-hexyn-1-yl).

The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical, wherein the cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. In one embodiment, cycloalkyl groups may be saturated or unsaturated but non-aromatic, and/or spiro, and/or non-spiro, and/or bridged, and/or non-bridged, and/or fused bicyclic groups. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 20 (C₃₋₂₀), from 3 to 15 (C₃₋₁₅), from 3 to 10 (C₃₋₁₀), or from 3 to 7 (C₃₋₇) carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, decalinyl, and adamantyl.

The term “aryl” refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group and/or monovalent polycyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic carbon ring, wherein the aryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. In certain embodiments, the aryl has from 6 to 20 (C₆₋₂₀), from 6 to 15 (C₆₋₁₅), or from 6 to 10 (C₆₋₁₀) ring atoms. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl, azulenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, biphenyl, and terphenyl. Aryl also refers to bicyclic or tricyclic carbon rings, where one of the rings is aromatic and the others of which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, for example, dihydronaphthyl, indenyl, indanyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralinyl).

The term “aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the aralkyl or arylalkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein. In certain embodiments, the aralkyl has from 7 to 30 (C₇₋₃₀), from 7 to 20 (C₇₋₂₀), or from 7 to 16 (C₇₋₁₆) carbon atoms. Examples of aralkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, and 3-phenylpropyl.

The term “heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group or monovalent polycyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, N, and P in the ring. Heteroaryl groups are bonded to the rest of a molecule through the aromatic ring. Each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, one to four N atoms, and/or one or two P atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, and triazolyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl, pyrrolopyridyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, thiadiazolopyrimidyl, and thienopyridyl. Examples of tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benzindolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and xanthenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.

The term “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with one or more heteroaryl groups, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the heteroaralkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.

The term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” refers to a monovalent monocyclic non-aromatic ring system or monovalent polycyclic ring system that contains at least one non-aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, N, and P; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl or heterocyclic group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms. Heterocyclyl groups are bonded to the rest of a molecule through the non-aromatic ring. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may be spiro, fused, or bridged, and in which nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic. The heterocyclyl may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples of such heterocyclic groups include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, benzopyranonyl, benzopyranyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, β-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, coumarinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl, dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dioxolanyl, 1,4-dithianyl, furanonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isochromanyl, isocoumarinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, oxazolidinonyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 1,3,5-trithianyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.

The term “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a monovalent alkyl group substituted with one or more heterocyclyl groups, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the heteroaralkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q as described herein.

The term “alkoxy” refers to —O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is as defined herein. For example, the term “C₁₋₆ alkoxy” refers to —O—C₁₋₆ alkyl.

The term “halogen”, “halide” or “halo” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and/or iodine.

The term “optionally substituted” is intended to mean that a group or substituent, such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl group, may be substituted with one or more substituents Q, each of which is independently selected from, e.g., (a) oxo (═O), halo, cyano (—CN), nitro (—NO₂), and pentafluorosulfanyl (—SF₅); (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylalkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heteroaryl or heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a). As used herein, all groups that can be substituted are “optionally substituted,” unless otherwise specified.

In one embodiment, each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl (—SF₅); and (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclylalkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR)(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl; or (ii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heteroaryl or heterocyclyl.

The terms “optically active” and “enantiomerically active” refer to a collection of molecules, which has an enantiomeric excess of no less than about 50%, no less than about 70%, no less than about 80%, no less than about 90%, no less than about 91%, no less than about 92%, no less than about 93%, no less than about 94%, no less than about 95%, no less than about 96%, no less than about 97%, no less than about 98%, no less than about 99%, no less than about 99.5%, or no less than about 99.8%. In certain embodiments, the compound comprises about 95% or more of one enantiomer and about 5% or less of the other enantiomer based on the total weight of the racemate in question.

In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The (+) and (−) are used to denote the optical rotation of the compound, that is, the direction in which a plane of polarized light is rotated by the optically active compound. The (−) prefix indicates that the compound is levorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the left or counterclockwise. The (+) prefix indicates that the compound is dextrorotatory, that is, the compound rotates the plane of polarized light to the right or clockwise. However, the sign of optical rotation, (+) and (−), is not related to the absolute configuration of the molecule, R and S.

The term “isotopic variant” refers to a compound that contains an unnatural proportion of an isotope at one or more of the atoms that constitute such a compound. In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen (¹H), deuterium (²H), tritium (³H), carbon-11 (¹¹C), carbon-12 (¹²C), carbon-13 (¹³C), carbon-14 (¹⁴C), nitrogen-13 (¹³N), nitrogen-14 (¹⁴N), nitrogen-15 (¹⁵N), oxygen-14 (¹⁴O), oxygen-15 (¹⁵O), oxygen-16 (¹⁶O), oxygen-17 (¹⁷O), oxygen-18 (¹⁸O), fluorine-17 (¹⁷F), fluorine-18 (¹⁸F), phosphorus-31 (³¹P), phosphorus-32 (³²P), phosphorus-33 (³³P), sulfur-32 (³²S), sulfur-33 (³³S), sulfur-34 (³⁴S), sulfur-35 (³⁵S), sulfur-36 (³⁶S), chlorine-35 (³⁵Cl), chlorine-36 (³⁶Cl), chlorine-37 (³⁷Cl), bromine-79 (⁷⁹Br), bromine-81 (⁸¹Br), iodine-123 (¹²³I), iodine-125 (¹²⁵I), iodine-127 (¹²⁷I), iodine-129 (¹²⁹I), and iodine-131 (¹³¹I). In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound is in a stable form, that is, non-radioactive. In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, hydrogen (¹H), deuterium (²H), carbon-12 (¹²C), carbon-13 (¹³C), nitrogen-14 (¹⁴N), nitrogen-15 (¹⁵N), oxygen-16 (¹⁶O), oxygen-17 (¹⁷O), oxygen-18 (¹⁸O), fluorine-17 (¹⁷F), phosphorus-31 (³¹P), sulfur-32 (³²S), sulfur-33 (³³S), sulfur-34 (³⁴S), sulfur-36 (³⁶S), chlorine-35 (³⁵Cl), chlorine-37 (³⁷Cl), bromine-79 (⁷⁹Br), bromine-81 (⁸¹Br), and iodine-127 (¹²⁷I). In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound is in an unstable form, that is, radioactive. In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound contains unnatural proportions of one or more isotopes, including, but not limited to, tritium (³H), carbon-11 (¹¹C), carbon-14 (¹⁴C), nitrogen-13 (¹³N), oxygen-14 (¹⁴O), oxygen-15 (¹⁵O), fluorine-18 (¹⁸F), phosphorus-32 (³²P), phosphorus-33 (³³P), sulfur-35 (³⁵S), chlorine-36 (³⁶Cl), iodine-123 (¹²³I), iodine-125 (¹²⁵I), iodine-129 (¹²⁹I), and iodine-131 (¹³¹I). It will be understood that, in a compound as provided herein, any hydrogen can be 2H, as example, or any carbon can be ¹³C, as example, or any nitrogen can be ¹⁵N, as example, and any oxygen can be ¹⁸O, as example, where feasible according to the judgment of one of skill in the art. In certain embodiments, an “isotopic variant” of a compound contains a unnatural proportion of deuterium.

The term “solvate” refers to a complex or aggregate formed by one or more molecules of a solute, e.g., a compound provided herein, and one or more molecules of a solvent, which present in a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, water, MeOH, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, and acetic acid. In certain embodiments, the solvent is pharmaceutically acceptable. In one embodiment, the complex or aggregate is in a crystalline form. In another embodiment, the complex or aggregate is in a noncrystalline form. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate. Examples of hydrates include, but are not limited to, a hemihydrate, monohydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and pentahydrate.

The term “naturally occurring” or “native” when used in connection with biological materials such as nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, host cells, and the like, refers to materials which are found in nature and are not manipulated by man. Similarly, “non-naturally occurring” or “non-native” refers to a material that is not found in nature or that has been structurally modified or synthesized by man.

The term “RC kinase” refers to regulated in COPD kinase or a variant thereof. RC kinase variants include proteins substantially homologous to a native RC kinase, i.e., proteins having one or more naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acid deletions, insertions, or substitutions (e.g., RC kinase derivatives, homologs and fragments), as compared to the amino acid sequence of a native RC kinase. The amino acid sequence of a RC kinase variant is at least about 80% identical, at least about 90% identical, or at least about 95% identical to a native RC kinase. Some examples of RC kinases are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,829,685, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The terms “RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition” and “a disorder, disease, or condition mediated by RC kinase” refer to a disorder, disease, or condition, characterized by abnormal or dysregulated, e.g., less than or greater than normal, RC kinase activity. Abnormal RC kinase functional activity might arise as the result of RC kinase overexpression in cells, expression of RC kinase in cells which normally do not express RC kinase, or dysregulation due to constitutive activation, caused, for example, by a mutation in RC kinase. A RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition may be completely or partially mediated by abnormal or dysregulated RC kinase activity. In particular, a RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition is one in which modulation of a RC kinase activity results in some effect on the underlying disorder, disease, or condition, e.g., a RC kinase inhibitor results in some improvement in at least some of patients being treated.

The phrase “a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof” has the same meaning as the phrase “a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant of the compound referenced therein; a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of the compound referenced therein; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug of a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant of the compound referenced therein.”

Compounds

In one embodiment, provided herein is a 3,5-diaminopyrazole of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein:

-   -   R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆         alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein:

-   -   R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or         heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆         alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl,         heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl,         C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and

each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl;

wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a);

wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a 3,5-diaminopyrazole of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), or —S(O)₂R^(1a);

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein:

-   -   R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆         alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein:

-   -   R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or         heterocyclyl;     -   R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆         alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl,         heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl,         C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and

each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl;

wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a);

wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁— alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a 3,5-diaminopyrazole of Formula I:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl;

R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein:

-   -   R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀         cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆         alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein:

-   -   R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or         heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆         alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl,         heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and     -   R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl,         C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl,         —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c),         —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a),         —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and

each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl;

wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more, in one embodiment, one, two, three, or four, substituents Q^(a);

wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(E), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d);

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5c), R^(5d), R^(5e), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy;

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b);

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d);

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl; and

R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5c), R^(5d), and R^(5e) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q;

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, or —C(O)N═CHR^(4a)

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(a);

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q; and

R^(4a) and Q are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, or —C(O)N═CHR^(4a)

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a);

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), R^(4a), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy;

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, or —C(O)N═CH(methoxyphenyl);

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a); and

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In still another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, or pyridin-3-yl;

R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, or —C(O)N═CH(4-methoxyphenyl);

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(a); and

R^(5a) is (i) phenyl or naphth-1-yl; (ii) 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-thien-2-ylphenyl, 4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)phenyl, 4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl, 4-(benzimidazol-1-yl)phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, 3-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(4-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-(hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 4-fluoro-3-cyanophenyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl, 2-nitro-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitro-3-hydroxyphenyl, 5-nitro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-chlorothiazol-5-ylmethoxy)phenyl, or 5-(hydroxyboryl)-2-methoxyphenyl; (iv) 3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl, or 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-dimethylaminophenyl; (v) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)furan-2-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, 1-phenylsulfonylpyrrol-2-yl, thien-2-yl, 2-(pyridin-2-yl)thien-5-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-phenylthiomethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-4-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-4-yl, 2-phenyl-5-chloroimidazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-5-yl, 2-chloro-thiazol-5-yl, 2-aminothiazol-5-yl, 4-methylthiazol-5-yl, 2-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-3-yl, 3-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-5-yl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)pyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-3-yl, 2-chloropyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-6-yl, 3-fluoropyridin-2-yl, 2-methoxypyridin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-methylindol-3-yl, 1-methyl-2-chloroindol-3-yl, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroindol-3-yl, 6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-8-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl; or (vi) 1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrol-2-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl, or 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d);

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5c), R^(5d), R^(5e), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy;

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d);

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl; and

R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5c), R^(5d), and R^(5e) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q;

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(a);

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q; and

R^(4a) and Q are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a);

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), R^(4a), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy;

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a); and

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In still another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IA or I, or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

R¹ and R³ are hydrogen;

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, or pyridin-3-yl;

R⁴ is aminocarbonyl;

R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(a); and

R^(5a) is (i) phenyl or naphth-1-yl; (ii) 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-thien-2-ylphenyl, 4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)phenyl, 4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl, 4-(benzimidazol-1-yl)phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, 3-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(4-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-(hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 4-fluoro-3-cyanophenyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl, 2-nitro-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitro-3-hydroxyphenyl, 5-nitro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-chlorothiazol-5-ylmethoxy)phenyl, or 5-(hydroxyboryl)-2-methoxyphenyl; (iv) 3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl, or 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-dimethylaminophenyl; (v) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)furan-2-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, 1-phenylsulfonylpyrrol-2-yl, thien-2-yl, 2-(pyridin-2-yl)thien-5-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-phenylthiomethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-4-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-4-yl, 2-phenyl-5-chloroimidazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-5-yl, 2-chloro-thiazol-5-yl, 2-aminothiazol-5-yl, 4-methylthiazol-5-yl, 2-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-3-yl, 3-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-5-yl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)pyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-3-yl, 2-chloropyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-6-yl, 3-fluoropyridin-2-yl, 2-methoxypyridin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-methylindol-3-yl, 1-methyl-2-chloroindol-3-yl, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroindol-3-yl, 6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-8-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl; or (vi) 1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrol-2-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl, or 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula I-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, R⁴, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula I-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R⁴, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula I-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R⁴, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula II:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula II-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula II-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula II-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R² and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula III:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R³, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula III-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula III-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment provided herein is a compound of Formula III-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R² and R⁵ are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein:

each R⁶ is independently (a) cyano, halo, or nitro; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q or Q^(a); or (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —B(OR^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OR^(1a), —OC(O)R^(1a), —OC(O)OR^(1a), —OC(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OC(═NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OS(O)R^(1a), —OS(O)₂R^(1a), —OS(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OS(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)C(O)R^(1d), —NR^(1a)C(O)OR^(1d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)C(═NR^(1d))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)S(O)R^(1d), —NR^(1a)S(O)₂R^(1d), —NR^(1a)S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), —SR^(1a), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c);

n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and

R¹, R³, R⁴, R⁵, R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), Q, and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IV-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IV-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula IV-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula V:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R³, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula V-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula V-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula V-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula VI:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R³, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula VI-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula VI-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula VI-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R⁵, R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIII:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof: wherein R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIII-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIII-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIII-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R², R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVI-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R² R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XIV-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R², R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R³, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XV-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XV-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XV-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R⁴, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVI:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVI-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVI-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVI-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In still another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVII:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R³, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In one embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVII-a:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R³, R^(3a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVII-b:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R¹, R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a compound of Formula XVII-c:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R⁶, and n are each as defined herein.

The groups, R¹, R², R³, R⁴, R⁵, R⁶, R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), R^(4a), R^(4b), R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), R^(5e), and n in formulae described herein, including Formulae IA, I to XVII, I-a to XVII-a, I-b to XVII-b, and I-c to XVII-c, are further defined herein. All combinations of the embodiments provided herein for such groups are within the scope of this disclosure.

In certain embodiments, R¹ is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R¹ is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl or cyclohexyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R² is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each Q independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a). In certain embodiments, R² is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.

In certain embodiments, R² is monocyclic C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is monocyclic C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a). In certain embodiments, R² is monocyclic C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.

In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a). In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy. In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, t-butyl, and methoxy. In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, cyanophenyl, nitrophenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, tetrachlorophenyl, butylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, or methoxyphenyl. In certain embodiments, R² is phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, or 4-methoxyphenyl.

In certain embodiments, R² is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is monocyclic heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is 5-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is pyridinyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is pyridin-3-yl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is pyridin-3-yl.

In certain embodiments, R² is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, wherein the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a). In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.

In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a). In certain embodiments, R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.

In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy. In certain embodiments, R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, cyanophenyl, nitrophenyl, chlorophenyl, dichlorophenyl, tetrachlorophenyl, butylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, methoxyphenyl, or pyridinyl.

In certain embodiments, R³ is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R³ is —C(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —C(O)OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —S(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —S(O)₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R³ is —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R⁴ is cyano. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is aminocarbonyl (—C(O)NH₂). In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), wherein R^(4a) and R^(4b) is each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CHR^(4a), wherein R^(4a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CHR^(4a), wherein R^(4a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CHR^(4a), wherein R^(4a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CHR^(4a), wherein R^(4a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CHR^(4a), wherein R^(4a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CH-phenyl, where the phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CH-(methoxyphenyl). In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)N═CH-(4-methoxyphenyl). In certain embodiments, R⁴ is —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b), wherein R^(4a) and R^(4b) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is monocyclic C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is monocyclic C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is phenyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is methoxyphenyl. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is 4-methoxyphenyl. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is methoxyphenyl. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is 4-methoxyphenyl. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —C(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —C(O)OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —S(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —S(O)₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(4b) is —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d), wherein R^(5a), R^(5c), R^(5d), and R^(5e) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d), wherein R^(5a), R^(5c), and R^(5d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is —NHCH₂R^(5a), wherein R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a), where R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, and methylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl or naphthyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl or naphthyl, each optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a), where R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl or naphthyl, each optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, and methylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is (i) unsubstituted C₆₋₁₄ aryl: phenyl or naphthyl; (ii) monosubstituted C₆₋₁₄ aryl: chlorophenyl, cyanophenyl, nitrophenyl, pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, trifluoromethylphenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, (fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, (hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, (hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, (pyrimidinyloxy)phenyl, (trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy)phenyl, (trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy)phenyl, thienylphenyl, triazolylphenyl, pyridinylphenyl, benzimidazolylphenyl, methylpiperazinylphenyl, or methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) disubstituted C₆₋₁₄ aryl: dichlorophenyl, fluoro-chloro-phenyl, fluoro-cyano-phenyl, fluoro-methyl-phenyl, fluoro-hydroxy-phenyl, fluoro-methoxy-phenyl, fluoro-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, chloro-hydroxyphenyl, bromo-hydroxyphenyl, nitro-methoxy-phenyl, hydroxy-nitro-phenyl, hydroxy-methyl-phenyl, hydroxy-difluoromethoxy-phenyl, hydroxy-methoxy-phenyl, dihydroxyphenyl, methoxy-trifluoromethyl-phenyl, methoxy-(chlorothiazolylmethoxy)-phenyl, or (hydroxyboryl)-methoxyphenyl; or (iv) trisubstituted C₆₋₁₄ aryl: difluoro-hydroxy-phenyl, dimethyl-methoxy-phenyl, trihydroxyphenyl, hydroxy-dimethylphenyl, hydroxy-dimethoxyphenyl, or hydroxy-methoxy-dimethylamino-phenyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is (i) phenyl or naphth-1-yl; (ii) 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-thien-2-ylphenyl, 4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)phenyl, 4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl, 4-(benzimidazol-1-yl)phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, 3-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(4-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-(hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 4-fluoro-3-cyanophenyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl, 2-nitro-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitro-3-hydroxyphenyl, 5-nitro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-chlorothiazol-5-ylmethoxy)phenyl, or 5-(hydroxyboryl)-2-methoxyphenyl; or (iv) 3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl, or 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-dimethylaminophenyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂R^(1a); wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein; and wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a) as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, methoxy, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, amino, or phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂R^(1a); wherein R^(1a), R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein; and wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a) as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, methoxy, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, amino, or phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is bicyclic heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is bicyclic heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂R^(1a); wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein; and wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a) as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is bicyclic heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, methoxy, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, amino, or phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, or 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, or 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂R^(1a); wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein; and wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a) as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, or 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, each optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, each of which is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, methoxy, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, amino, or phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is (i) unsubstituted heteroaryl: pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, benzimidazolyl, or benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl; (ii) monosubstituted heteroaryl: (chlorophenyl)furanyl, (hydroxymethyl)furanyl, phenylsulfonyl-pyrrolyl, (pyridinyl)thienyl, (fluorophenyl)pyrazolyl, (fluorophenyl)pyrazolyl, methyl-isoxazolyl, chloro-thiazolyl, amino-thiazolyl, methyl-thiazolyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl-pyridinyl, (morpholinyl)pyridinyl, fluoro-pyridinyl, chloro-pyridinyl, methoxy-pyridinyl, methyl-indolyl, or fluoro-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl; (iii) disubstituted heteroaryl: chloro-trifluoromethyl-pyrazolyl, ethyl-methyl-imidazolyl, phenyl-chloro-imidazolyl, dichloropyrazinyl, or chloro-methyl-indolyl; or (iv) tri- or tetra-substituted heteroaryl: methyl-phenylthiomethyl-chloro-pyrazolyl, methyl-trifluoromethyl-chloro-pyrazolyl, or tetrafluoroindolyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)furan-2-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, 1-phenylsulfonylpyrrol-2-yl, thien-2-yl, 2-(pyridin-2-yl)thien-5-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-phenylthiomethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-4-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-4-yl, 2-phenyl-5-chloroimidazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-5-yl, 2-chloro-thiazol-5-yl, 2-aminothiazol-5-yl, 4-methylthiazol-5-yl, 2-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-3-yl, 3-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-5-yl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)pyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-3-yl, 2-chloropyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-6-yl, 3-fluoropyridin-2-yl, 2-methoxypyridin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-methylindol-3-yl, 1-methyl-2-chloroindol-3-yl, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroindol-3-yl, 6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-8-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and methylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); where R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is monocyclic heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and methylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(a), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); where R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and methylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each optionally substituted with one, two, three, or four substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, and methylsulfonyl. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is (benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, methylsulfonylpiperidinyl, or acetylpiperazinyl. In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is 1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrol-2-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl, or 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a), where R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a), where R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is halo. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5c) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is halo. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5d) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —C(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —C(O)OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —S(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —S(O)₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R^(5e) is —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R⁶ is cyano. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is halo. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is fluoro, chloro, or bromo. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is nitro. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —B(R^(a))OR^(d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —C(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —C(O)OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OC(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OC(O)OR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OC(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OC(═NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OS(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OS(O)₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OS(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —OS(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)C(O)_(R) ^(1d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)C(O)OR^(1d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is NR^(1a)C(═NR^(1d))NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)S(O)R^(1d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)S(O)₂R^(1d), wherein R^(1a) and R^(1d) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —NR^(1a)S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1a), R^(1b), and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —SR^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —S(O)R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —S(O)₂R^(1a), wherein R^(1a) is as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein. In certain embodiments, R⁶ is —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), wherein R^(1b) and R^(1c) are each as defined herein.

In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments. R^(1b) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1b) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1c) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₂₋₆ alkenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₂₋₆ alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q. In certain embodiments, R^(1d) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In certain embodiments, n is 1. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 4. In certain embodiments, n is 5.

In one embodiment,

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment,

R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy; and

R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In yet another embodiment,

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q; and

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.

In yet another embodiment,

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a);

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a); and

R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), R^(1d), and Q^(a) are each as defined herein.

In yet another embodiment,

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy; and

R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.

In still another embodiment,

R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, pyridin-3-yl; and

R^(5a) is (i) phenyl or naphth-1-yl; (ii) 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-thien-2-ylphenyl, 4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)phenyl, 4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl, 4-(benzimidazol-1-yl)phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, 3-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(4-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-(hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 4-fluoro-3-cyanophenyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl, 2-nitro-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitro-3-hydroxyphenyl, 5-nitro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-chlorothiazol-5-ylmethoxy)phenyl, or 5-(hydroxyboryl)-2-methoxyphenyl; (iv) 3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl, or 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-dimethylaminophenyl; (v) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)furan-2-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, 1-phenylsulfonylpyrrol-2-yl, thien-2-yl, 2-(pyridin-2-yl)thien-5-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-phenylthiomethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-4-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-4-yl, 2-phenyl-5-chloroimidazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-5-yl, 2-chloro-thiazol-5-yl, 2-aminothiazol-5-yl, 4-methylthiazol-5-yl, 2-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-3-yl, 3-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-5-yl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)pyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-3-yl, 2-chloropyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-6-yl, 3-fluoropyridin-2-yl, 2-methoxypyridin-5-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, 3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl, benzo[d][1,2,3]thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-methylindol-3-yl, 1-methyl-2-chloroindol-3-yl, 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoroindol-3-yl, 6-fluoro-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-8-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl; or (vi) 1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrol-2-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl, or 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl.

In yet another embodiment, the compound provided herein is selected from:

and stereoisomers, enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers, mixtures of diastereomers, and isotopic variants thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, and prodrugs thereof.

In yet another embodiment, the compound provided herein is selected from:

and stereoisomers, enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers, mixtures of diastereomers, and isotopic variants thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, and prodrugs thereof.

The compounds provided herein are intended to encompass all possible stereoisomers, unless a particular stereochemistry is specified. Where the compound provided herein contains an alkenyl or alkenylene group, the compound may exist as one or a mixture of geometric cis/trans (or Z/E) isomers. Where structural isomers are interconvertible, the compound may exist as a single tautomer or a mixture of tautomers. This can take the form of proton tautomerism in the compound that contains, for example, an imino, keto, or oxime group; or so-called valence tautomerism in the compound that contain an aromatic moiety. It follows that a single compound may exhibit more than one type of isomerism.

The compounds provided herein may be enantiomerically pure, such as a single enantiomer or a single diastereomer, or be stereoisomeric mixtures, such as mixture of enantiomers, e.g., a racemic mixture of two enantiomers; or a mixture of two or more diastereomers. As such, one of skill in the art will recognize that administration of a compound in its (R) form is equivalent, for compounds that undergo epimerization in vivo, to administration of the compound in its (S) form. Conventional techniques for the preparation/isolation of individual enantiomers include synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor, asymmetric synthesis from achiral starting materials, or resolution of an enantiomeric mixture, for example, chiral chromatography, recrystallization, resolution, diastereomeric salt formation, or derivatization into diastereomeric adducts followed by separation.

When the compound provided herein contains an acidic or basic moiety, it may also be provided as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. See, Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 1-19; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts, Properties, and Use; Stahl and Wermuth, Ed.; Wiley-VCH and VHCA: Zurich, Switzerland, 2002.

Suitable acids for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, acetic acid, 2,2-dichloroacetic acid, acylated amino acids, adipic acid, alginic acid, ascorbic acid, L-aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, 4-acetamidobenzoic acid, boric acid, (+)-camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, (+)-(1S)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, cyclamic acid, cyclohexanesulfamic acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, galactaric acid, gentisic acid, glucoheptonic acid, D-gluconic acid, D-glucuronic acid, L-glutamic acid, α-oxoglutaric acid, glycolic acid, hippuric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroiodic acid, (+)-L-lactic acid, (±)-DL-lactic acid, lactobionic acid, lauric acid, maleic acid, (−)-L-malic acid, malonic acid, (±)-DL-mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, nicotinic acid, nitric acid, oleic acid, orotic acid, oxalic acid, palmitic acid, pamoic acid, perchloric acid, phosphoric acid, L-pyroglutamic acid, saccharic acid, salicylic acid, 4-amino-salicylic acid, sebacic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfuric acid, tannic acid, (+)-L-tartaric acid, thiocyanic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecylenic acid, and valeric acid.

Suitable bases for use in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts, including, but not limited to, inorganic bases, such as magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, zinc hydroxide, or sodium hydroxide; and organic bases, such as primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary, aliphatic and aromatic amines, including L-arginine, benethamine, benzathine, choline, deanol, diethanolamine, diethylamine, dimethylamine, dipropylamine, diisopropylamine, 2-(diethylamino)-ethanol, ethanolamine, ethylamine, ethylenediamine, isopropylamine, N-methyl-glucamine, hydrabamine, 1H-imidazole, L-lysine, morpholine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-morpholine, methylamine, piperidine, piperazine, propylamine, pyrrolidine, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidine, pyridine, quinuclidine, quinoline, isoquinoline, secondary amines, triethanolamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol, and tromethamine.

The compound provided herein may also be provided as a prodrug, which is a functional derivative of the compound, for example, of Formula IA, and is readily convertible into the parent compound in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent compound. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent compound is not. The prodrug may also have enhanced solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent compound. A prodrug may be converted into the parent drug by various mechanisms, including enzymatic processes and metabolic hydrolysis. See, Harper, Progress in Drug Research 1962, 4, 221-294; Morozowich et al. in Design of Biopharmaceutical Properties through Prodrugs and Analogs; Roche Ed., APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci.: 1977; Gangwar et al., Des. Biopharm. Prop. Prodrugs Analogs, 1977, 409-421; Bundgaard, Arch. Pharm. Chem. 1979, 86, 1-39; Farquhar et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 1983, 72, 324-325; Wernuth in Drug Design: Fact or Fantasy; Jolles et al. Eds.; Academic Press: London, 1984; pp 47-72; Design of Prodrugs; Bundgaard et al. Eds.; Elsevier: 1985; Fleisher et al., Methods Enzymol. 1985, 112, 360-381; Stella et al., Drugs 1985, 29, 455-473; Bioreversible Carriers in Drug in Drug Design, Theory and Application; Roche Ed.; APHA Acad. Pharm. Sci.: 1987; Bundgaard, Controlled Drug Delivery 1987, 17, 179-96; Waller et al., Br. J. Clin. Pharmac. 1989, 28, 497-507; Balant et al., Eur. J. Drug Metab. Pharmacokinet. 1990, 15, 143-53; Freeman et al., J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1991, 875-877; Bundgaard, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1992, 8, 1-38; Nathwani and Wood, Drugs 1993, 45, 866-94; Friis and Bundgaard, Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 1996, 4, 49-59; Fleisher et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 115-130; Sinhababu and Thakker, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 241-273; Taylor, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1996, 19, 131-148; Gaignault et al., Pract. Med. Chem. 1996, 671-696; Browne, Clin. Neuropharmacol. 1997, 20, 1-12; Valentino and Borchardt, Drug Discovery Today 1997, 2, 148-155; Pauletti et al., Adv. Drug. Delivery Rev. 1997, 27, 235-256; Mizen et al., Pharm. Biotech. 1998, 11, 345-365; Wiebe and Knaus, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 63-80; Tan et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 117-151; Balimane and Sinko, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 1999, 39, 183-209; Wang et al., Curr. Pharm. Design 1999, 5, 265-287; Han et al., AAPS Pharmsci. 2000, 2, 1-11; Asgharnejad in Transport Processes in Pharmaceutical Systems; Amidon et al., Eds.; Marcell Dekker: 2000; pp 185-218; Sinha et al., Pharm. Res. 2001, 18, 557-564; Anand et al., Expert Opin. Biol. Ther. 2002, 2, 607-620; Rao, Resonace 2003, 19-27; Sloan et al., Med. Res. Rev. 2003, 23, 763-793; Patterson et al., Curr. Pharm. Des. 2003, 9, 2131-2154; Hu, IDrugs 2004, 7, 736-742; Robinson et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2004, 101, 14527-14532; Erion et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 2005, 312, 554-560; Fang et al., Curr. Drug Discov. Technol. 2006, 3, 211-224; Stanczak et al., Pharmacol. Rep. 2006, 58, 599-613; Sloan et al., Pharm. Res. 2006, 23, 2729-2747; Stella et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 2007, 59, 677-694; Gomes et al., Molecules 2007, 12, 2484-2506; Krafz et al., ChemMedChem 2008, 3, 20-53; Rautio et al., AAPS J. 2008, 10, 92-102; Rautio et al., Nat. Rev. Drug. Discov. 2008, 7, 255-270; Pavan et al., Molecules, 2008, 13, 1035-1065; Sandros et al., Molecules 2008, 13, 1156-1178; Singh et al., Curr. Med. Chem. 2008, 15, 1802-1826; Onishi et al., Molecules, 2008, 13, 2136-2155; Huttunen et al., Curr. Med. Chem. 2008, 15, 2346-2365; and Serafin et al., Mini Rev. Med. Chem. 2009, 9, 481-497.

Methods of Synthesis

The compounds provided herein can be prepared, isolated, or obtained by any method known to one of skill in the art; and the following examples are only representative and do not exclude other related methods and procedures.

In one embodiment, for example, a compound of Formula IA can be prepared as shown in Scheme I. Compound I-1 is first converted to compound I-2 by reacting with carbon disulfide and dimethylsulfate. Compound I-2 then reacts with an amine, such as R²NH₂, to form compound I-3. Subsequently, compound I-3 reacts with hydrazine to form compound I-4, which is then treated with a carbonyl compound, such as an aldehyde R^(4a)CHO or ketone R^(4a)COR^(4b), to form a compound of Formula IA, e.g., compound I-5. The imine group of compound I-5 can be reduced with a reducing agent, e.g., sodium borohydride (NaBH₄) or sodium cyanoborohydride (NaB(CN)H₃), to form compound I-6.

In another embodiment, for example, a compound of Formula IA can be prepared as shown in Scheme II. Compound I-7 reacts an amine, such as R²NH₂, to form compound I-8. Alternatively, compound I-8 can be made by reacting an isothiocyanate (R²NCS) with malononitrile and methyl iodide. Compound I-8 is then treated with hydrazine to form compound I-9, which reacts with a carbonyl compound, such as an aldehyde R^(4a)CHO, or ketone R^(4a)COR^(4b), to form a compound of Formula IA, compound I-10. The imine group of compound I-10 can be reduced with a reducing agent, e.g., NaBH₄ or NaB(CN)H₃, to form compound I-11.

In yet another embodiment, for example, a compound of Formula IA can be prepared as shown in Scheme III. The cyano group of compound I-9 is converted to aminocarbonyl, e.g., by reacting with hydrogen peroxide. Compound I-4 can then be converted into compounds I-5 and I-6 as described herein.

In still another embodiment, for example, a compound of Formula IA can be prepared as shown in Scheme IV. Compound I-7 is first treated with a hydrazine to form compound I-12, which is then treated with a carbonyl compound, such as an aldehyde R^(4a)CHO or ketone R^(4a)COR^(4b), to form a compound of Formula IA, compound I-13, followed by the reaction with an amine, such as R²NH₂, to form compound I-10, which can further be transformed into compound I-11 as described herein.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, as an active ingredient, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and a pharmaceutically excipient.

Suitable excipients are well known to those skilled in the art, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients are provided herein. Whether a particular excipient is suitable for incorporation into a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form depends on a variety of factors well known in the art, including, but not limited to, the method of administration. For example, oral dosage forms such as tablets may contain excipients not suited for use in parenteral dosage forms. The suitability of a particular excipient may also depend on the specific active ingredients in the dosage form. For example, the decomposition of some active ingredients may be accelerated by some excipients such as lactose, or when exposed to water. Active ingredients that comprise primary or secondary amines are particularly susceptible to such accelerated decomposition. Consequently, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that contain little, if any, lactose, or other mono- or di-saccharides. As used herein, the term “lactose-free” means that the amount of lactose present, if any, is insufficient to substantially increase the degradation rate of an active ingredient. In one embodiment, lactose-free compositions comprise an active ingredient provided herein, a binder/filler, and a lubricant. In another embodiment, lactose-free dosage forms comprise an active ingredient, microcrystalline cellulose, pre-gelatinized starch, and magnesium stearate.

The compound provided herein may be administered alone, or in combination with one or more other compounds provided herein. The pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, can be formulated in various dosage forms for oral, parenteral, and topical administration. The pharmaceutical compositions can also be formulated as modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated-, fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms. These dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art (see, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, 2nd ed.; Rathbone et al., Eds.; Marcel Dekker, Inc.: New York, N.Y., 2008).

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided in a dosage form for oral administration, which comprise a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided in a dosage form for parenteral administration, which comprise a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided in a dosage form for topical administration, which comprise a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be provided in a unit-dosage form or multiple-dosage form. A unit-dosage form, as used herein, refers to physically discrete a unit suitable for administration to a human and animal subject, and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of an active ingredient(s) sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical carriers or excipients. Examples of a unit-dosage form include an ampoule, syringe, and individually packaged tablet and capsule. For example, a 100 mg unit dose contains about 100 mg of an active ingredient in a packaged tablet or capsule. A unit-dosage form may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof: A multiple-dosage form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in segregated unit-dosage form. Examples of a multiple-dosage form include a vial, bottle of tablets or capsules, or bottle of pints or gallons.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered at once, or multiple times at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment may vary with the age, weight, and condition of the patient being treated, and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test or diagnostic data. It is further understood that for any particular individual, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the formulations.

A. Oral Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be provided in solid, semisolid, or liquid dosage forms for oral administration. As used herein, oral administration also includes buccal, lingual, and sublingual administration. Suitable oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, tablets, fastmelts, chewable tablets, capsules, pills, strips, troches, lozenges, pastilles, cachets, pellets, medicated chewing gum, bulk powders, effervescent or non-effervescent powders or granules, oral mists, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, wafers, sprinkles, elixirs, and syrups. In addition to the active ingredient(s), the pharmaceutical compositions can contain one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, including, but not limited to, binders, fillers, diluents, disintegrants, wetting agents, lubricants, glidants, coloring agents, dye-migration inhibitors, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, emulsifying agents, suspending and dispersing agents, preservatives, solvents, non-aqueous liquids, organic acids, and sources of carbon dioxide.

Binders or granulators impart cohesiveness to a tablet to ensure the tablet remaining intact after compression. Suitable binders or granulators include, but are not limited to, starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch (e.g., STARCH 1500); gelatin; sugars, such as sucrose, glucose, dextrose, molasses, and lactose; natural and synthetic gums, such as acacia, alginic acid, alginates, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isabgol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), Veegum, larch arabogalactan, powdered tragacanth, and guar gum; celluloses, such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC); microcrystalline celluloses, such as AVICEL-PH-101, AVICEL-PH-103, AVICEL RC-581, AVICEL-PH-105 (FMC Corp., Marcus Hook, Pa.); and mixtures thereof. Suitable fillers include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre-gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. The amount of a binder or filler in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. The binder or filler may be present from about 50 to about 99% by weight in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein.

Suitable diluents include, but are not limited to, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, inositol, cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sodium chloride, dry starch, and powdered sugar. Certain diluents, such as mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, and inositol, when present in sufficient quantity, can impart properties to some compressed tablets that permit disintegration in the mouth by chewing. Such compressed tablets can be used as chewable tablets. The amount of a diluent in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art.

Suitable disintegrants include, but are not limited to, agar; bentonite; celluloses, such as methylcellulose and carboxymethylcellulose; wood products; natural sponge; cation-exchange resins; alginic acid; gums, such as guar gum and Veegum HV; citrus pulp; cross-linked celluloses, such as croscarmellose; cross-linked polymers, such as crospovidone; cross-linked starches; calcium carbonate; microcrystalline cellulose, such as sodium starch glycolate; polacrilin potassium; starches, such as corn starch, potato starch, tapioca starch, and pre-gelatinized starch; clays; aligns; and mixtures thereof. The amount of a disintegrant in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein varies upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may contain from about 0.5 to about 15% or from about 1 to about 5% by weight of a disintegrant.

Suitable lubricants include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate; magnesium stearate; mineral oil; light mineral oil; glycerin; sorbitol; mannitol; glycols, such as glycerol behenate and polyethylene glycol (PEG); stearic acid; sodium lauryl sulfate; talc; hydrogenated vegetable oil, including peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil; zinc stearate; ethyl oleate; ethyl laureate; agar; starch; lycopodium; silica or silica gels, such as AEROSIL® 200 (W.R. Grace Co., Baltimore, Md.) and CAB-O-SIL® (Cabot Co. of Boston, Mass.); and mixtures thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may contain about 0.1 to about 5% by weight of a lubricant.

Suitable glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide, CAB-O-SIL® (Cabot Co. of Boston, Mass.), and asbestos-free talc. Suitable coloring agents include, but are not limited to, any of the approved, certified, water soluble FD&C dyes, and water insoluble FD&C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate, and color lakes and mixtures thereof. A color lake is the combination by adsorption of a water-soluble dye to a hydrous oxide of a heavy metal, resulting in an insoluble form of the dye. Suitable flavoring agents include, but are not limited to, natural flavors extracted from plants, such as fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation, such as peppermint and methyl salicylate. Suitable sweetening agents include, but are not limited to, sucrose, lactose, mannitol, syrups, glycerin, and artificial sweeteners, such as saccharin and aspartame. Suitable emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (TWEEN® 20), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80 (TWEEN® 80), and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum, acacia, sodium carbomethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable preservatives include, but are not limited to, glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic add, sodium benzoate and alcohol. Suitable wetting agents include, but are not limited to, propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate, and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether. Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol, and syrup. Suitable non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include, but are not limited to, mineral oil and cottonseed oil. Suitable organic acids include, but are not limited to, citric and tartaric acid. Suitable sources of carbon dioxide include, but are not limited to, sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.

It should be understood that many carriers and excipients may serve a plurality of functions, even within the same formulation.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be provided as compressed tablets, tablet triturates, chewable lozenges, rapidly dissolving tablets, multiple compressed tablets, or enteric-coating tablets, sugar-coated, or film-coated tablets. Enteric-coated tablets are compressed tablets coated with substances that resist the action of stomach acid but dissolve or disintegrate in the intestine, thus protecting the active ingredients from the acidic environment of the stomach. Enteric-coatings include, but are not limited to, fatty acids, fats, phenyl salicylate, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac, and cellulose acetate phthalates. Sugar-coated tablets are compressed tablets surrounded by a sugar coating, which may be beneficial in covering up objectionable tastes or odors and in protecting the tablets from oxidation. Film-coated tablets are compressed tablets that are covered with a thin layer or film of a water-soluble material. Film coatings include, but are not limited to, hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000, and cellulose acetate phthalate. Film coating imparts the same general characteristics as sugar coating. Multiple compressed tablets are compressed tablets made by more than one compression cycle, including layered tablets, and press-coated or dry-coated tablets.

The tablet dosage forms can be prepared from the active ingredient in powdered, crystalline, or granular forms, alone or in combination with one or more carriers or excipients described herein, including binders, disintegrants, controlled-release polymers, lubricants, diluents, and/or colorants. Flavoring and sweetening agents are especially useful in the formation of chewable tablets and lozenges.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be provided as soft or hard capsules, which can be made from gelatin, methylcellulose, starch, or calcium alginate. The hard gelatin capsule, also known as the dry-filled capsule (DFC), consists of two sections, one slipping over the other, thus completely enclosing the active ingredient. The soft elastic capsule (SEC) is a soft, globular shell, such as a gelatin shell, which is plasticized by the addition of glycerin, sorbitol, or a similar polyol. The soft gelatin shells may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms. Suitable preservatives are those as described herein, including methyl- and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. The liquid, semisolid, and solid dosage forms provided herein may be encapsulated in a capsule. Suitable liquid and semisolid dosage forms include solutions and suspensions in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, or triglycerides. Capsules containing such solutions can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545. The capsules may also be coated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be provided in liquid and semisolid dosage forms, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, elixirs, and syrups. An emulsion is a two-phase system, in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid, which can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Emulsions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable non-aqueous liquid or solvent, emulsifying agent, and preservative. Suspensions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agent and preservative. Aqueous alcoholic solutions may include a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal, such as a di(lower alkyl)acetal of a lower alkyl aldehyde, e.g., acetaldehyde diethyl acetal; and a water-miscible solvent having one or more hydroxyl groups, such as propylene glycol and ethanol. Elixirs are clear, sweetened, and hydroalcoholic solutions. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose, and may also contain a preservative. For a liquid dosage form, for example, a solution in a polyethylene glycol may be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, e.g., water, to be measured conveniently for administration.

Other useful liquid and semisolid dosage forms include, but are not limited to, those containing the active ingredient(s) provided herein, and a dialkylated mono- or poly-alkylene glycol, including, 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether, wherein 350, 550, and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol. These formulations can further comprise one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarbamates.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be also provided in the forms of liposomes, micelles, microspheres, or nanosystems. Micellar dosage forms can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,350,458.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be provided as non-effervescent or effervescent, granules and powders, to be reconstituted into a liquid dosage form. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the non-effervescent granules or powders may include diluents, sweeteners, and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients used in the effervescent granules or powders may include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide.

Coloring and flavoring agents can be used in all of the above dosage forms.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for oral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.

B. Parenteral Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered parenterally by injection, infusion, or implantation, for local or systemic administration. Parenteral administration, as used herein, include intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intrathecal, intraventricular, intraurethral, intrasternal, intracranial, intramuscular, intrasynovial, intravesical, and subcutaneous administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for parenteral administration, including solutions, suspensions, emulsions, micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanosystems, and solid forms suitable for solutions or suspensions in liquid prior to injection. Such dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical science (see, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra).

The pharmaceutical compositions intended for parenteral administration can include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients, including, but not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, pH adjusting agents, and inert gases.

Suitable aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, water, saline, physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS), sodium chloride injection, Ringers injection, isotonic dextrose injection, sterile water injection, dextrose and lactated Ringers injection. Suitable non-aqueous vehicles include, but are not limited to, fixed oils of vegetable origin, castor oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, olive oil, peanut oil, peppermint oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, soybean oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils, hydrogenated soybean oil, and medium-chain triglycerides of coconut oil, and palm seed oil. Suitable water-miscible vehicles include, but are not limited to, ethanol, 1,3-butanediol, liquid polyethylene glycol (e.g., polyethylene glycol 300 and polyethylene glycol 400), propylene glycol, glycerin, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, and dimethyl sulfoxide.

Suitable antimicrobial agents or preservatives include, but are not limited to, phenols, cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p-hydroxybenzoates, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride (e.g., benzethonium chloride), methyl- and propyl-parabens, and sorbic acid. Suitable isotonic agents include, but are not limited to, sodium chloride, glycerin, and dextrose. Suitable buffering agents include, but are not limited to, phosphate and citrate. Suitable antioxidants are those as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable local anesthetics include, but are not limited to, procaine hydrochloride. Suitable suspending and dispersing agents are those as described herein, including sodium carboxymethylcelluose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Suitable emulsifying agents are those described herein, including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate 80, and triethanolamine oleate. Suitable sequestering or chelating agents include, but are not limited to EDTA. Suitable pH adjusting agents include, but are not limited to, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid, and lactic acid. Suitable complexing agents include, but are not limited to, cyclodextrins, including α-cyclodextrin, β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, sulfobutylether-β-cyclodextrin, and sulfobutylether 7-β-cyclodextrin (CAPTISOL®, CyDex, Lenexa, Kans.).

When the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated for multiple dosage administration, the multiple dosage parenteral formulations must contain an antimicrobial agent at bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations. All parenteral formulations must be sterile, as known and practiced in the art.

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration are provided as ready-to-use sterile solutions. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided as sterile dry soluble products, including lyophilized powders and hypodermic tablets, to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided as ready-to-use sterile suspensions. In yet another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided as sterile dry insoluble products to be reconstituted with a vehicle prior to use. In still another embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are provided as ready-to-use sterile emulsions.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as immediate or modified release dosage forms, including delayed-, sustained, pulsed-, controlled, targeted-, and programmed-release forms.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for parenteral administration can be formulated as a suspension, solid, semi-solid, or thixotropic liquid, for administration as an implanted depot. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are dispersed in a solid inner matrix, which is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane that is insoluble in body fluids but allows the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical compositions diffuse through.

Suitable inner matrixes include, but are not limited to, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutyl-methacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers, such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinyl alcohol, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate.

Suitable outer polymeric membranes include but are not limited to, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethyl siloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer.

C. Topical Administration

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered topically to the skin, orifices, or mucosa. The topical administration, as used herein, includes (intra)dermal, conjunctival, intracorneal, intraocular, ophthalmic, auricular, transdermal, nasal, vaginal, urethral, respiratory, and rectal administration.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated in any dosage forms that are suitable for topical administration for local or systemic effect, including emulsions, solutions, suspensions, creams, gels, hydrogels, ointments, dusting powders, dressings, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, films, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, and dermal patches. The topical formulation of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can also comprise liposomes, micelles, microspheres, nanosystems, and mixtures thereof.

Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients suitable for use in the topical formulations provided herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous vehicles, water-miscible vehicles, non-aqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents or preservatives against the growth of microorganisms, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, isotonic agents, buffering agents, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, wetting or emulsifying agents, complexing agents, sequestering or chelating agents, penetration enhancers, cryoprotectants, lyoprotectants, thickening agents, and inert gases.

The pharmaceutical compositions can also be administered topically by electroporation, iontophoresis, phonophoresis, sonophoresis, or microneedle or needle-free injection, such as POWDERJECT™ (Chiron Corp., Emeryville, Calif.), and BIOJECT™ (Bioject Medical Technologies Inc., Tualatin, Oreg.).

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be provided in the forms of ointments, creams, and gels. Suitable ointment vehicles include oleaginous or hydrocarbon vehicles, including lard, benzoinated lard, olive oil, cottonseed oil, and other oils, white petrolatum; emulsifiable or absorption vehicles, such as hydrophilic petrolatum, hydroxystearin sulfate, and anhydrous lanolin; water-removable vehicles, such as hydrophilic ointment; water-soluble ointment vehicles, including polyethylene glycols of varying molecular weight; emulsion vehicles, either water-in-oil (W/O) emulsions or oil-in-water (O/W) emulsions, including cetyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, lanolin, and stearic acid (see, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra). These vehicles are emollient but generally require addition of antioxidants and preservatives.

Suitable cream base can be oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Suitable cream vehicles may be water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier, and an aqueous phase. The oil phase is also called the “internal” phase, which is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol. The aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation may be a nonionic, anionic, cationic, or amphoteric surfactant.

Gels are semisolid, suspension-type systems. Single-phase gels contain organic macromolecules distributed substantially uniformly throughout the liquid carrier. Suitable gelling agents include, but are not limited to, crosslinked acrylic acid polymers, such as carbomers, carboxypolyalkylenes, and CARBOPOL®; hydrophilic polymers, such as polyethylene oxides, polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers, and polyvinylalcohol; cellulosic polymers, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, and methylcellulose; gums, such as tragacanth and xanthan gum; sodium alginate; and gelatin. In order to prepare a uniform gel, dispersing agents such as alcohol or glycerin can be added, or the gelling agent can be dispersed by trituration, mechanical mixing, and/or stirring.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered rectally, urethrally, vaginally, or perivaginally in the forms of suppositories, pessaries, bougies, poultices or cataplasm, pastes, powders, dressings, creams, plasters, contraceptives, ointments, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, tampons, gels, foams, sprays, or enemas. These dosage forms can be manufactured using conventional processes as described in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra.

Rectal, urethral, and vaginal suppositories are solid bodies for insertion into body orifices, which are solid at ordinary temperatures but melt or soften at body temperature to release the active ingredient(s) inside the orifices. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers utilized in rectal and vaginal suppositories include bases or vehicles, such as stiffening agents, which produce a melting point in the proximity of body temperature, when formulated with the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein; and antioxidants as described herein, including bisulfite and sodium metabisulfite. Suitable vehicles include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol), spermaceti, paraffin, white and yellow wax, and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids, and hydrogels, such as polyvinyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and polyacrylic acid. Combinations of the various vehicles can also be used. Rectal and vaginal suppositories may be prepared by compressing or molding. The typical weight of a rectal and vaginal suppository is about 2 to about 3 g.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered ophthalmically in the forms of solutions, suspensions, ointments, emulsions, gel-forming solutions, powders for solutions, gels, ocular inserts, and implants.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered intranasally or by inhalation to the respiratory tract. The pharmaceutical compositions can be provided in the form of an aerosol or solution for delivery using a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, such as an atomizer using electrohydrodynamics to produce a fine mist, or nebulizer, alone or in combination with a suitable propellant, such as 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane or 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane. The pharmaceutical compositions can also be provided as a dry powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose or phospholipids; and nasal drops. For intranasal use, the powder can comprise a bioadhesive agent, including chitosan or cyclodextrin.

Solutions or suspensions for use in a pressurized container, pump, spray, atomizer, or nebulizer can be formulated to contain ethanol, aqueous ethanol, or a suitable alternative agent for dispersing, solubilizing, or extending release of the active ingredient provided herein; a propellant as solvent; and/or a surfactant, such as sorbitan trioleate, oleic acid, or an oligolactic acid.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be micronized to a size suitable for delivery by inhalation, such as about 50 micrometers or less, or about 10 micrometers or less. Particles of such sizes can be prepared using a comminuting method known to those skilled in the art, such as spiral jet milling, fluid bed jet milling, supercritical fluid processing to form nanoparticles, high pressure homogenization, or spray drying.

Capsules, blisters, and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator can be formulated to contain a powder mix of the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein; a suitable powder base, such as lactose or starch; and a performance modifier, such as l-leucine, mannitol, or magnesium stearate. The lactose may be anhydrous or in the form of the monohydrate. Other suitable excipients or carriers include, but are not limited to, dextran, glucose, maltose, sorbitol, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, and trehalose. The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for inhaled/intranasal administration can further comprise a suitable flavor, such as menthol and levomenthol; and/or sweeteners, such as saccharin and saccharin sodium.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein for topical administration can be formulated to be immediate release or modified release, including delayed-, sustained-, pulsed-, controlled-, targeted, and programmed release.

D. Modified Release

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated as a modified release dosage form. As used herein, the term “modified release” refers to a dosage form in which the rate or place of release of the active ingredient(s) is different from that of an immediate dosage form when administered by the same route. Modified release dosage forms include, but are not limited to, delayed-, extended-, prolonged-, sustained-, pulsatile-, controlled-, accelerated- and fast-, targeted-, programmed-release, and gastric retention dosage forms. The pharmaceutical compositions in modified release dosage forms can be prepared using a variety of modified release devices and methods known to those skilled in the art, including, but not limited to, matrix controlled release devices, osmotic controlled release devices, multiparticulate controlled release devices, ion-exchange resins, enteric coatings, multilayered coatings, microspheres, liposomes, and combinations thereof. The release rate of the active ingredient(s) can also be modified by varying the particle sizes and polymorphorism of the active ingredient(s).

Examples of modified release include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; 5,639,480; 5,733,566; 5,739,108; 5,891,474; 5,922,356; 5,958,458; 5,972,891; 5,980,945; 5,993,855; 6,045,830; 6,087,324; 6,113,943; 6,197,350; 6,248,363; 6,264,970; 6,267,981; 6,270,798; 6,375,987; 6,376,461; 6,419,961; 6,589,548; 6,613,358; 6,623,756; 6,699,500; 6,793,936; 6,827,947; 6,902,742; 6,958,161; 7,255,876; 7,416,738; 7,427,414; 7,485,322; Bussemer et al., Crit. Rev. Ther. Drug Carrier Syst. 2001, 18, 433-458; Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, 2nd ed.; Rathbone et al., Eds.; Marcel Dekker AG: 2005; Maroni et al., Expert. Opin. Drug Deliv. 2005, 2, 855-871; Shi et al., Expert Opin. Drug Deliv. 2005, 2, 1039-1058; Polymers in Drug Delivery; Ijeoma et al., Eds.; CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, Fla., 2006; Badawy et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 2007, 9, 948-959; Modified-Release Drug Delivery Technology, supra; Conway, Recent Pat. Drug Deliv. Formul. 2008, 2, 1-8; Gazzaniga et al., Eur. J. Pharm. Biopharm. 2008, 68, 11-18; Nagarwal et al., Curr. Drug Deliv. 2008, 5, 282-289; Gallardo et al., Pharm. Dev. Technol. 2008, 13, 413-423; Chrzanowski, AAPS PharmSciTech. 2008, 9, 635-638; Chrzanowski, AAPS PharmSciTech. 2008, 9, 639-645; Kalantzi et al., Recent Pat. Drug Deliv. Formul. 2009, 3, 49-63; Saigal et al., Recent Pat. Drug Deliv. Formul. 2009, 3, 64-70; and Roy et al., J. Control Release 2009, 134, 74-80.

1. Matrix Controlled Release Devices

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using a matrix controlled release device known to those skilled in the art. See, Takada et al. in Encyclopedia of Controlled Drug Delivery; Mathiowitz Ed.; Wiley: 1999; Vol 2.

In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a modified release dosage form is formulated using an erodible matrix device, which is water-swellable, erodible, or soluble polymers, including, but not limited to, synthetic polymers, and naturally occurring polymers and derivatives, such as polysaccharides and proteins.

Materials useful in forming an erodible matrix include, but are not limited to, chitin, chitosan, dextran, and pullulan; gum agar, gum arabic, gum karaya, locust bean gum, gum tragacanth, carrageenans, gum ghatti, guar gum, xanthan gum, and scleroglucan; starches, such as dextrin and maltodextrin; hydrophilic colloids, such as pectin; phosphatides, such as lecithin; alginates; propylene glycol alginate; gelatin; collagen; cellulosics, such as ethyl cellulose (EC), methylethyl cellulose (MEC), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), CMEC, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), cellulose acetate (CA), cellulose propionate (CP), cellulose butyrate (CB), cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), CAP, CAT, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), HPMCP, HPMCAS, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose acetate trimellitate (HPMCAT), and ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose (EHEC); polyvinyl pyrrolidone; polyvinyl alcohol; polyvinyl acetate; glycerol fatty acid esters; polyacrylamide; polyacrylic acid; copolymers of ethacrylic acid or methacrylic acid (EUDRAGIT®, Rohm America, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.); poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate); polylactides; copolymers of L-glutamic acid and ethyl-L-glutamate; degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers; poly-D-(−)-3-hydroxybutyric acid; and other acrylic acid derivatives, such as homopolymers and copolymers of butylmethacrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, ethylacrylate, (2-dimethylaminoethyl)methacrylate, and (trimethylaminoethyl)methacrylate chloride.

In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated with a non-erodible matrix device. The active ingredient(s) is dissolved or dispersed in an inert matrix and is released primarily by diffusion through the inert matrix once administered. Materials suitable for use as a non-erodible matrix device include, but are not limited to, insoluble plastics, such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, vinyl chloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubbers, epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethylene terephthalate, natural rubber, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, and silicone carbonate copolymers; hydrophilic polymers, such as ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, crospovidone, and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate; and fatty compounds, such as carnauba wax, microcrystalline wax, and triglycerides.

In a matrix controlled release system, the desired release kinetics can be controlled, for example, via the polymer type employed, the polymer viscosity, the particle sizes of the polymer and/or the active ingredient(s), the ratio of the active ingredient(s) versus the polymer, and other excipients or carriers in the compositions.

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry or wet granulation followed by compression, and melt-granulation followed by compression.

2. Osmotic Controlled Release Devices

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated using an osmotic controlled release device, including, but not limited to, one-chamber system, two-chamber system, asymmetric membrane technology (AMT), and extruding core system (ECS). In general, such devices have at least two components: (a) a core which contains an active ingredient; and (b) a semipermeable membrane with at least one delivery port, which encapsulates the core. The semipermeable membrane controls the influx of water to the core from an aqueous environment of use so as to cause drug release by extrusion through the delivery port(s).

In addition to the active ingredient(s), the core of the osmotic device optionally includes an osmotic agent, which creates a driving force for transport of water from the environment of use into the core of the device. One class of osmotic agents is water-swellable hydrophilic polymers, which are also referred to as “osmopolymers” and “hydrogels.” Suitable water-swellable hydrophilic polymers as osmotic agents include, but are not limited to, hydrophilic vinyl and acrylic polymers, polysaccharides such as calcium alginate, polyethylene oxide (PEO), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polypropylene glycol (PPG), poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic) acid, poly(methacrylic) acid, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), crosslinked PVP, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), PVA/PVP copolymers, PVA/PVP copolymers with hydrophobic monomers such as methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, hydrophilic polyurethanes containing large PEO blocks, sodium croscarmellose, carrageenan, hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC), hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC), hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose (HPMC), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) and carboxyethyl, cellulose (CEC), sodium alginate, polycarbophil, gelatin, xanthan gum, and sodium starch glycolate.

The other class of osmotic agents is osmogens, which are capable of imbibing water to affect an osmotic pressure gradient across the barrier of the surrounding coating. Suitable osmogens include, but are not limited to, inorganic salts, such as magnesium sulfate, magnesium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, lithium chloride, potassium sulfate, potassium phosphates, sodium carbonate, sodium sulfite, lithium sulfate, potassium chloride, and sodium sulfate; sugars, such as dextrose, fructose, glucose, inositol, lactose, maltose, mannitol, raffinose, sorbitol, sucrose, trehalose, and xylitol; organic acids, such as ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, maleic acid, sebacic acid, sorbic acid, adipic acid, edetic acid, glutamic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, succinic acid, and tartaric acid; urea; and mixtures thereof.

Osmotic agents of different dissolution rates can be employed to influence how rapidly the active ingredient(s) is initially delivered from the dosage form. For example, amorphous sugars, such as MANNOGEM™ EZ (SPI Pharma, Lewes, Del.) can be used to provide faster delivery during the first couple of hours to promptly produce the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of the remaining amount to maintain the desired level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In this case, the active ingredient(s) is released at such a rate to replace the amount of the active ingredient metabolized and excreted.

The core can also include a wide variety of other excipients and carriers as described herein to enhance the performance of the dosage form or to promote stability or processing.

Materials useful in forming the semipermeable membrane include various grades of acrylics, vinyls, ethers, polyamides, polyesters, and cellulosic derivatives that are water-permeable and water-insoluble at physiologically relevant pHs, or are susceptible to being rendered water-insoluble by chemical alteration, such as crosslinking. Examples of suitable polymers useful in forming the coating, include plasticized, unplasticized, and reinforced cellulose acetate (CA), cellulose diacetate, cellulose triacetate, CA propionate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB), CA ethyl carbamate, CAP, CA methyl carbamate, CA succinate, cellulose acetate trimellitate (CAT), CA dimethylaminoacetate, CA ethyl carbonate, CA chloroacetate, CA ethyl oxalate, CA methyl sulfonate, CA butyl sulfonate, CA p-toluene sulfonate, agar acetate, amylose triacetate, beta glucan acetate, beta glucan triacetate, acetaldehyde dimethyl acetate, triacetate of locust bean gum, hydroxylated ethylene-vinylacetate, EC, PEG, PPG, PEG/PPG copolymers, PVP, HEC, HPC, CMC, CMEC, HPMC, HPMCP, HPMCAS, HPMCAT, poly(acrylic) acids and esters and poly-(methacrylic) acids and esters and copolymers thereof, starch, dextran, dextrin, chitosan, collagen, gelatin, polyalkenes, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.

Semipermeable membrane can also be a hydrophobic microporous membrane, wherein the pores are substantially filled with a gas and are not wetted by the aqueous medium but are permeable to water vapor, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,798,119. Such hydrophobic but water-vapor permeable membrane are typically composed of hydrophobic polymers such as polyalkenes, polyethylene, polypropylene, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyacrylic acid derivatives, polyethers, polysulfones, polyethersulfones, polystyrenes, polyvinyl halides, polyvinylidene fluoride, polyvinyl esters and ethers, natural waxes, and synthetic waxes.

The delivery port(s) on the semipermeable membrane can be formed post-coating by mechanical or laser drilling. Delivery port(s) can also be formed in situ by erosion of a plug of water-soluble material or by rupture of a thinner portion of the membrane over an indentation in the core. In addition, delivery ports can be formed during coating process, as in the case of asymmetric membrane coatings of the type disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,612,059 and 5,698,220.

The total amount of the active ingredient(s) released and the release rate can substantially by modulated via the thickness and porosity of the semipermeable membrane, the composition of the core, and the number, size, and position of the delivery ports.

The pharmaceutical compositions in an osmotic controlled-release dosage form can further comprise additional conventional excipients or carriers as described herein to promote performance or processing of the formulation.

The osmotic controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art. See, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, supra; Santus and Baker, J. Controlled Release 1995, 35, 1-21; Verma et al., Drug Development and Industrial Pharmacy 2000, 26, 695-708; and Verma et al., J. Controlled Release 2002, 79, 7-27.

In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated as AMT controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an asymmetric osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient(s) and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers. See, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,059 and International Publ. No. WO 2002/17918. The AMT controlled-release dosage forms can be prepared according to conventional methods and techniques known to those skilled in the art, including direct compression, dry granulation, wet granulation, and a dip-coating method.

In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are formulated as ESC controlled-release dosage form, which comprises an osmotic membrane that coats a core comprising the active ingredient(s), a hydroxylethyl cellulose, and other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.

3. Multiparticulate Controlled Release Devices

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a modified release dosage form can be fabricated as a multiparticulate controlled release device, which comprises a multiplicity of particles, granules, or pellets, ranging from about 10 μm to about 3 mm, about 50 μm to about 2.5 mm, or from about 100 μm to about 1 mm in diameter. Such multiparticulates can be made by the processes known to those skilled in the art, including wet- and dry-granulation, extrusion/spheronization, roller-compaction, melt-congealing, and by spray-coating seed cores. See, for example, Multiparticulate Oral Drug Delivery; Ghebre-Sellassie Ed.; Marcel Dekker: 1994; and Pharmaceutical Pelletization Technology; Ghebre-Sellassie Ed.; Marcel Dekker: 1989.

Other excipients or carriers as described herein can be blended with the pharmaceutical compositions to aid in processing and forming the multiparticulates. The resulting particles can themselves constitute the multiparticulate device or can be coated by various film-forming materials, such as enteric polymers, water-swellable, and water-soluble polymers. The multiparticulates can be further processed as a capsule or a tablet.

4. Targeted Delivery

The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can also be formulated to be targeted to a particular tissue, receptor, or other area of the body of the subject to be treated, including liposome-, resealed erythrocyte-, and antibody-based delivery systems. Examples include, but are not limited to, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,709,874; 5,759,542; 5,840,674; 5,900,252; 5,972,366; 5,985,307; 6,004,534; 6,039,975; 6,048,736; 6,060,082; 6,071,495; 6,120,751; 6,131,570; 6,139,865; 6,253,872; 6,271,359; 6,274,552; 6,316,652; and 7,169,410.

Methods of Use

In one embodiment, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a RC kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In another embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a disorder, disease, or condition responsive to the modulation of RC kinase activity in a subject, administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In yet another embodiments, provided herein is a method of treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a disorder, disease, or condition responsive to the inhibition of RC kinase activity in a subject, administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a method for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of an eosinophil-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a method for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a basophil-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In yet another embodiment, provided herein is a method for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of a mast cell-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In still another embodiment, provided herein is a method for treating, preventing, or ameliorating one or more symptoms of an inflammatory disease in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In one embodiment, the subject is a mammal. In another embodiment, the subject is a human.

The disorders, diseases, or conditions treatable with a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; include, but are not limited to, (1) inflammatory or allergic diseases, including systemic anaphylaxis and hypersensitivity disorders, atopic dermatitis, urticaria, drug allergies, insect sting allergies, food allergies (including celiac disease and the like), and mastocytosis; (2) inflammatory bowel diseases, including Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, ileitis, and enteritis; (3) vasculitis, and Behcet's syndrome; (4) psoriasis and inflammatory dermatoses, including dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria, viral cutaneous pathologies including those derived from human papillomavirus, HIV or RLV infection, bacterial, flugal, and other parasital cutaneous pathologies, and cutaneous lupus erythematosus; (5) asthma and respiratory allergic diseases, including allergic asthma, exercise induced asthma, allergic rhinitis, otitis media, allergic conjunctivitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; (6) autoimmune diseases, including arthritis (including rheumatoid and psoriatic), systemic lupus erythematosus, type I diabetes, myasthenia gravis, multiple sclerosis, Graves' disease, and glomerulonephritis; (7) graft rejection (including allograft rejection and graft-v-host disease), e.g., skin graft rejection, solid organ transplant rejection, bone marrow transplant rejection; (8) fever; (9) cardiovascular disorders, including acute heart failure, hypotension, hypertension, angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, cardiomyopathy, congestive heart failure, atherosclerosis, coronary artery disease, restenosis, and vascular stenosis; (10) cerebrovascular disorders, including traumatic brain injury, stroke, ischemic reperfusion injury and aneurysm; (11) cancers of the breast, skin, prostate, cervix, uterus, ovary, testes, bladder, lung, liver, larynx, oral cavity, colon and gastrointestinal tract (e.g., esophagus, stomach, pancreas), brain, thyroid, blood, and lymphatic system; (12) fibrosis, connective tissue disease, and sarcoidosis, (13) genital and reproductive conditions, including erectile dysfunction; (14) gastrointestinal disorders, including gastritis, ulcers, nausea, pancreatitis, and vomiting; (15) neurologic disorders, including Alzheimer's disease; (16) sleep disorders, including insomnia, narcolepsy, sleep apnea syndrome, and Pickwick Syndrome; (17) pain; (18) renal disorders; (19) ocular disorders, including glaucoma; and (20) infectious diseases, including HIV.

In certain embodiments, the disorder, disease, or condition is selected from the group consisting of asthma, allergic asthma, exercise induced asthma, allergic rhinitis, perennial allergic rhinitis, seasonal allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, contact hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis, conjunctivitis, allergic conjunctivitis, eosinophilic bronchitis, food allergies, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, mastocytosis, hyper IgE syndrome, systemic lupus erythematous, psoriasis, acne, multiple sclerosis, allograft rejection, reperfusion injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), Churg-Strauss syndrome, sinusitis, basophilic leukemia, chronic urticaria, basophilic leukocytosis, eczema, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, and osteoarthritis.

In certain embodiments, the disorder, disease, or condition is asthma, exercise induced asthma, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, chronic obstructive plumonary disease, or allergic conjunctivitis. In certain embodiments, the disorder, disease, or condition is COPD.

Depending on the disorder, disease, or condition to be treated, and the subject's condition, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be administered by oral, parenteral (e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, ICV, intracistemal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, or implant), inhalation, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical (e.g., transdermal or local) routes of administration and can be formulated, alone or together, in suitable dosage unit with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles appropriate for each route of administration. Also provided herein is administration of the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions provided herein in a depot formulation, in which the active ingredient is released over a predefined time period.

In the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of one or more symptoms of the disorders, diseases, and conditions, an appropriate dosage level generally is ranging from about 0.001 to 100 mg per kg subject body weight per day (mg/kg per day), from about 0.01 to about 75 mg/kg per day, from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg per day, from about 0.5 to about 25 mg/kg per day, or from about 1 to about 20 mg/kg per day, which can be administered in single or multiple doses. Within this range, the dosage can be ranging from about 0.005 to about 0.05, from about 0.05 to about 0.5, from about 0.5 to about 5.0, from about 1 to about 15, from about 1 to about 20, or from about 1 to about 50 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the dosage level is ranging from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the dosage level is ranging from about 0.01 to about 75 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the dosage level is ranging from about 0.1 to about 50 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the dosage level is ranging from about 0.5 to about 25 mg/kg per day. In certain embodiments, the dosage level is ranging from about 1 to about 20 mg/kg per day.

For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be formulated in the form of tablets containing from about 1.0 to about 1,000 mg of the active ingredient, in one embodiment, about 1, about 5, about 10, about 15, about 20, about 25, about 50, about 75, about 100, about 150, about 200, about 250, about 300, about 400, about 500, about 600, about 750, about 800, about 900, and about 1,000 mg of the active ingredient for the symptomatic adjustment of the dosage to the patient to be treated. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, including once, twice, three times, and four times per day.

It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient can be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the host undergoing therapy.

In one embodiment, provided herein are methods of modulating RC kinase activity, comprising contacting a RC kinase with a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. In one embodiment, the RC kinase is expressed by a cell.

The compounds provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; can also be combined or used in combination with other agents useful in the treatment, prevention, or amelioration of one or more symptoms of the disorders, diseases, or conditions for which the compounds provided herein are useful, including, but not limited to, asthma, COPD, allergic rhinitis, eczema, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, fever, sepsis, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, transplant rejection, inflammatory bowel disease, cancer, infectious diseases, and those pathologies noted herein.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more steroidal drugs known in the art, including, but not limited to, aldosterone, beclometasone, betamethasone, deoxycorticosterone acetate, fludrocortisone, hydrocortisone (cortisol), prednisolone, prednisone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, and triamcinolone.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more antibacterial agents known in the art, including, but not limited to, amikacin, amoxicillin, ampicillin, arsphenamine, azithromycin, aztreonam, azlocillin, bacitracin, carbenicillin, cefaclor, cefadroxil, cefamandole, cefazolin, cephalexin, cefdinir, cefditorin, cefepime, cefixime, cefoperazone, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, cefpodoxime, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, chloramphenicol, cilastin, ciprofloxacin, clarithromycin, clindamycin, cloxacillin, colistin, dalfopristin, demeclocycline, dicloxacillin, dirithromycin, doxycycline, erythromycin, enrofloxacin, ertepenem, ethambutol, flucloxacillin, fosfomycin, furazolidone, gatifloxacin, geldanamycin, gentamicin, herbimycin, imipenem, isoniazid, kanamycin, levofloxacin, linezolid, lomefloxacin, loracarbef, mafenide, moxifloxacin, meropenem, metronidazole, mezlocillin, minocycline, mupirocin, nafcillin, neomycin, netilmicin, nitrofurantoin, norfloxacin, ofloxacin, oxytetracycline, penicillin, piperacillin, platensimycin, polymyxin B, prontocil, pyrazinamide, quinupristine, rifampin, roxithromycin, spectinomycin, streptomycin, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole, sulfamethoxazole, teicoplanin, telithromycin, tetracycline, ticarcillin, tobramycin, trimethoprim, troleandomycin, trovafloxacin, and vancomycin.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more antifungal agents known in the art, including, but not limited to, amorolfine, amphotericin B, anidulafungin, bifonazole, butenafine, butoconazole, caspofungin, ciclopirox, clotrimazole, econazole, fenticonazole, filipin, fluconazole, isoconazole, itraconazole, ketoconazole, micafungin, miconazole, naftifine, natamycin, nystatin, oxyconazole, ravuconazole, posaconazole, rimocidin, sertaconazole, sulconazole, terbinafine, terconazole, tioconazole, and voriconazole.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more anticoagulants known in the art, including, but not limited to, acenocoumarol, argatroban, bivalirudin, lepirudin, fondaparinux, heparin, phenindione, warfarin, and ximelagatran.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more thrombolytics known in the art, including, but not limited to, anistreplase, reteplase, t-PA (alteplase activase), streptokinase, tenecteplase, and urokinase.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents known in the art, including, but not limited to, aceclofenac, acemetacin, amoxiprin, aspirin, azapropazone, benorilate, bromfenac, carprofen, celecoxib, choline magnesium salicylate, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, etoricoxib, faislamine, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indometacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, lornoxicam, loxoprofen, lumiracoxib, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, metamizole, methyl salicylate, magnesium salicylate, nabumetone, naproxen, nimesulide, oxyphenbutazone, parecoxib, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, salicyl salicylate, sulindac, sulfinpyrazone, suprofen, tenoxicam, tiaprofenic acid, and tolmetin.

In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein can be combined with one or more antiplatelet agents known in the art, including, but not limited to, abciximab, cilostazol, clopidogrel, dipyridamole, ticlopidine, and tirofibin.

The compounds provided herein can also be administered in combination with other classes of compounds, including, but not limited to, (1) alpha-adrenergic agents; (2) antiarrhythmic agents; (3) anti-atherosclerotic agents, such as ACAT inhibitors; (4) antibiotics, such as anthracyclines, bleomycins, mitomycin, dactinomycin, and plicamycin; (5) anticancer agents and cytotoxic agents, e.g., alkylating agents, such as nitrogen mustards, alkyl sulfonates, nitrosoureas, ethylenimines, and triazenes; (6) anticoagulants, such as acenocoumarol, argatroban, bivalirudin, lepirudin, fondaparinux, heparin, phenindione, warfarin, and ximelagatran; (7) anti-diabetic agents, such as biguanides (e.g., metformin), glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., acarbose), insulins, meglitinides (e.g., repaglinide), sulfonylureas (e.g., glimepiride, glyburide, and glipizide), thiozolidinediones (e.g., troglitazone, rosiglitazone, and pioglitazone), and PPAR-gamma agonists; (8) antifungal agents, such as amorolfine, amphotericin B, anidulafungin, bifonazole, butenafine, butoconazole, caspofungin, ciclopirox, clotrimazole, econazole, fenticonazole, filipin, fluconazole, isoconazole, itraconazole, ketoconazole, micafungin, miconazole, naftifine, natamycin, nystatin, oxyconazole, ravuconazole, posaconazole, rimocidin, sertaconazole, sulconazole, terbinafine, terconazole, tioconazole, and voriconazole; (9) antiinflammatories, e.g., non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents, such as aceclofenac, acemetacin, amoxiprin, aspirin, azapropazone, benorilate, bromfenac, carprofen, celecoxib, choline magnesium salicylate, diclofenac, diflunisal, etodolac, etoricoxib, faislamine, fenbufen, fenoprofen, flurbiprofen, ibuprofen, indometacin, ketoprofen, ketorolac, lornoxicam, loxoprofen, lumiracoxib, meclofenamic acid, mefenamic acid, meloxicam, metamizole, methyl salicylate, magnesium salicylate, nabumetone, naproxen, nimesulide, oxyphenbutazone, parecoxib, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, salicyl salicylate, sulindac, sulfinpyrazone, suprofen, tenoxicam, tiaprofenic acid, and tolmetin; (10) antimetabolites, such as folate antagonists, purine analogues, and pyrimidine analogues; (11) anti-platelet agents, such as GPIIb/IIIa blockers (e.g., abciximab, eptifibatide, and tirofiban), P2Y(AC) antagonists (e.g., clopidogrel, ticlopidine and CS-747), cilostazol, dipyridamole, and aspirin; (12) antiproliferatives, such as methotrexate, FK506 (tacrolimus), and mycophenolate mofetil; (13) anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptor, such as etanercept, rapamycin, and leflunimide; (14) aP2 inhibitors; (15) beta-adrenergic agents, such as carvedilol and metoprolol; (16) bile acid sequestrants, such as questran; (17) calcium channel blockers, such as amlodipine besylate; (18) chemotherapeutic agents; (19) cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) inhibitors, such as celecoxib and rofecoxib; (20) cyclosporins; (21) cytotoxic drugs, such as azathioprine and cyclophosphamide; (22) diuretics, such as chlorothiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, flumethiazide, hydroflumethiazide, bendroflumethiazide, methylchlorothiazide, trichloromethiazide, polythiazide, benzothiazide, ethacrynic acid, ticrynafen, chlorthalidone, furosenide, muzolimine, bumetanide, triamterene, amiloride, and spironolactone; (23) endothelin converting enzyme (ECE) inhibitors, such as phosphoramidon; (24) enzymes, such as L-asparaginase; (25) Factor VIIa Inhibitors and Factor Xa Inhibitors; (26) farnesyl-protein transferase inhibitors; (27) fibrates; (28) growth factor inhibitors, such as modulators of PDGF activity; (29) growth hormone secretagogues; (30) HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, such as pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, simvastatin, NK-104 (a.k.a. itavastatin, nisvastatin, or nisbastatin), and ZD-4522 (also known as rosuvastatin, atavastatin, or visastatin); neutral endopeptidase (NEP) inhibitors; (31) hormonal agents, such as glucocorticoids (e.g., cortisone), estrogens/antiestrogens, androgens/antiandrogens, progestins, and luteinizing hormone-releasing hormone antagonists, and octreotide acetate; (32) immunosuppressants; (33) mineralocorticoid receptor antagonists, such as spironolactone and eplerenone; (34) microtubule-disruptor agents, such as ecteinascidins; (35) microtubule-stabilizing agents, such as pacitaxel, docetaxel, and epothilones A-F; (36) MTP Inhibitors; (37) niacin; (38) phosphodiesterase inhibitors, such as PDE III inhibitors (e.g., cilostazol) and PDE V inhibitors (e.g., sildenafil, tadalafil, and vardenafil); (39) plant-derived products, such as vinca alkaloids, epipodophyllotoxins, and taxanes; (40) platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonists; (41) platinum coordination complexes, such as cisplatin, satraplatin, and carboplatin; (42) potassium channel openers; (43) prenyl-protein transferase inhibitors; (44) protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors; (45) renin inhibitors; (46) squalene synthetase inhibitors; (47) steroids, such as aldosterone, beclometasone, betamethasone, deoxycorticosterone acetate, fludrocortisone, hydrocortisone (cortisol), prednisolone, prednisone, methylprednisolone, dexamethasone, and triamcinolone; (48) TNF-alpha inhibitors, such as tenidap; (49) thrombin inhibitors, such as hirudin; (50) thrombolytic agents, such as anistreplase, reteplase, tenecteplase, tissue plasminogen activator (tPA), recombinant tPA, streptokinase, urokinase, prourokinase, and anisoylated plasminogen streptokinase activator complex (APSAC); (51) thromboxane receptor antagonists, such as ifetroban; (52) topoisomerase inhibitors; (53) vasopeptidase inhibitors (dual NEP-ACE inhibitors), such as omapatrilat and gemopatrilat; and (54) other miscellaneous agents, such as, hydroxyurea, procarbazine, mitotane, hexamethylmelamine, and gold compounds.

Such other agents, or drugs, can be administered, by a route and in an amount commonly used therefor, simultaneously or sequentially with the compounds provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof. When a compound provided herein is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition containing such other drugs in addition to the compound provided herein can be utilized, but is not required. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients or therapeutic agents, in addition to a compound provided herein.

The weight ratio of a compound provided herein to the second active ingredient can be varied, and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used. Thus, for example, when a compound provided herein is combined with a NSAID, the weight ratio of the compound to the NSAID can range from about 1,000:1 to about 1:1,000, or about 200:1 to about 1:200. Combinations of a compound provided herein and other active ingredients will generally also be within the aforementioned range, but in each case, an effective dose of each active ingredient should be used.

The compounds provided herein can also be provided as an article of manufacture using packaging materials well known to those of skill in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,323,907; 5,052,558; and 5,033,252. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.

Provided herein also are kits which, when used by the medical practitioner, can simplify the administration of appropriate amounts of active ingredients to a subject. In certain embodiments, the kit provided herein includes a container and a dosage form of a compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.

In certain embodiments, the kit includes a container comprising a dosage form of the compound provided herein, e.g., a compound of Formula IA, including a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof, in a container comprising one or more other therapeutic agent(s) described herein.

Kits provided herein can further include devices that are used to administer the active ingredients. Examples of such devices include, but are not limited to, syringes, needle-less injectors drip bags, patches, and inhalers. The kits provided herein can also include condoms for administration of the active ingredients.

Kits provided herein can further include pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles that can be used to administer one or more active ingredients. For example, if an active ingredient is provided in a solid form that must be reconstituted for parenteral administration, the kit can comprise a sealed container of a suitable vehicle in which the active ingredient can be dissolved to form a particulate-free sterile solution that is suitable for parenteral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to: aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, Water for Injection USP, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water-miscible vehicles, including, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles, including, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.

The disclosure will be further understood by the following non-limiting examples.

EXAMPLES

As used herein, the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples, regardless of whether a particular abbreviation is specifically defined, are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Specifically, but without limitation, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification: g (grams); mg (milligrams); mL (milliliters); μL (microliters); L (liter); mM (millimolar); μM (micromolar); Hz (Hertz); MHz (megahertz); mmol (millimoles); eq. (equivalent); hr or hrs (hours); min (minutes); MS (mass spectrometry); NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance); ESI (electrospray ionization); ACN (acetonitrile); CDCl₃ (deuterated chloroform); DCM (dichloromethane); DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide); DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide); DMSO-d₆ (deuterated dimethylsulfoxide); EtOAc (ethyl acetate); EtOH (ethanol); Et₂O (diethylether); MeOH (methanol); PE (petroleum ether); TBDME (tert-butyldimethylether); THF (tetrahydrofuran); DIPEA (N,N-diisopropylethylamine); TEA (triethylamine); DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene); DMAP (4-dimethylaminopyridine); AIBN (1,1′-azobis(cyclohexanecarbonitrile); CDI (carbonyldiimidazole); EDCI or EDC (N′-ethyl-N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide); TBTU (O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate); Me (methyl); Et (ethyl); iPr (isopropyl); tBu (tert-butyl); Boc (tert-butoxylcarbonyl); Cbz (benzylcarbomate); Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyl carbomate); Bn (benzyl); PMB (para-methoxy benzyl); Bs (4-bromo-benzenesulfonyl); TMS (trimethylsilyl); TsOH (tosylic acid); TsO (tosylate); DEAD (diethylazodicarboxylate), DIAD (diisopropylazodicarboxylate); AcCl (acetyl chloride); TFA (trifluoroacetic acid); TBAF (tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride); and tBuOK (potassium tert-butoxide).

For all of the following examples, standard work-up and purification methods known to those skilled in the art can be utilized. Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in ° C. (degrees Centigrade). All reactions conducted at room temperature unless otherwise noted. Synthetic methodologies herein are intended to exemplify the applicable chemistry through the use of specific examples and are not indicative of the scope of the disclosure.

The starting materials used in the examples described herein are either commercially available or can be prepared by a method known to one of skill in the art.

Example 1 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D1

Compound D1 was prepared according to Schemes 1 and 1.

To a solution of compound B5 (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was slowly added sodium borohydride (16 mg, 0.42 mmol) at room temperature. After the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, water (100 mL) was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to yield compound D1 (69 mg. 69.5% yield, 95.5% purity) as a light tan powder.

Example 2 Synthesis of 2-(((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile 5

Compound 5 was prepared according to Scheme 2.

A mixture of 2-(di(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile I-7 (300 mg, 1.76 mmol) and 4-tert-butylaniline (263 mg, 1.76 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was refluxed for 3 days. After the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, the resulting solid was filtered, washed with minimal EtOH, and dried to give compound 5 (255 mg, 53.5% yield, 98.9% purity) as a white powder.

Example 3 Synthesis of 5-amino-3-(phenylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile 7

Compound 7 was prepared according to Schemes II and 3.

Preparation of 2-((methylthio)(phenylamino)methylene)malononitrile 6

To a solution of malononitrile (1.0 g, 15.14 mmol) in DMF 20 mL was added TEA (2.099 mL, 15.14 mmol). After the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, phenylisothiocynate (2.047 g, 15.14 mmol) was added dropwise to the mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. After the reaction was complete as determined by TLC, methyl iodide (2.149 g, 15.14 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, at which time the reaction was complete as determined by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL ice water. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried in an oven overnight to give compound 6 (3.226 g, 98.2% yield, 97.4% purity) as a light yellow solid.

Preparation of 5-amino-3-(phenylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile 7

A mixture of compound 6 (3.2258 g, 14.85 mmol) and hydrazine (742 mg, 23.16 mmol) in EtOH (20 mL) was refluxed for 30 min, at which time the reaction was complete as determined by TLC. The reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL ice water. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried to give compound 7 (2.599 g, 88.1% yield, 99.8% purity) as a white powder.

Example 4 Synthesis of 5-amino-3-((perchlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 10

Compound 10 was prepared according to Scheme 4.

To a mixture of compound 9 (2.356 g, 6.99 mmol) and potassium carbonate (484 mg, 3.50 mmol) in DMSO (7 mL) was added a hydrogen peroxide solution (2.4 mL, 30% w/w solution) dropwise over the course of 5 min. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight, at which time the reaction was complete as determined by HPLC. The reaction mixture was then poured into 200 mL ice water. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried in an oven overnight to give compound 10 (2.644 g, 99% purity) as a brown powder.

Example 5 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide C31

Compound C31 was prepared according to Scheme 5.

To a solution of compound A20 (100 mg, 0.30 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was slowly added sodium borohydride (12 mg, 0.33 mmol) at 0° C. under argon atmosphere. After stirred for 30 min at 0° C., the reaction mixture was quenched with water. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to give compound C31 (71 mg, 64.4% yield, 96.3% purity) as a white powder.

Example 6 Synthesis of 3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D126

To a solution of 1.00 g (2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide) in 25 mL of ethanol was added 0.720 g (1.1 eq.) of N,N-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine and the reaction was stirred at 75° C. until starting amide was absent as confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as an off white to light yellow powder. The product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (1.133 g, 91% yield).

2-cyano-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide (0.997 g) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (337 μL, 1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. The reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as an off white to yellow powder. The product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (900 mg, 72% yield).

5-amino-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (900 mg) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (634 mg, 1.5 eq.) and piperidine (0.25 eq., 89 μL) was added. The reaction was stirred at reflux until the starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After the reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide t as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (1.130 g, 90% yield).

3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 70 mg (35% yield) of D126 was obtained.

Example 7 3-((4-(4-fluorobenzamido)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D132

Dissolved 10.00 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 100 mL of ethanol. Then added 7.337 g (1.00 eq.) of 4-nitroaniline to the reaction vessel and stirred the reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent and confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)acrylamide as an off white to light yellow powder as product. The product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)acrylamide was then suspended in 100 mL of ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (5.153 mL, 2.00 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. The reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present as confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as an off white to yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 100 mL of ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (12.945 g, 2.00 eq.) and piperidine (0.25 eq.) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (9.00 g, 47% yield).

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (5.0 g) was suspended in 350 mL of MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as an off white to light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 4.80 g (95% yield) of final product was obtained.

5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (4.80 g) was suspended in 300 mL of MeOH and palladium on carbon (50% wet with water) (480 mg, 0.10 eq.) was then added to the reaction vessel. The reaction was then purged and stirred under hydrogen pressure at room temperature for 18 hrs. or until no starting material is present and confirmed via HPLC. Once complete Celite was stirred into the reaction vessel, filtered through Celite and washed with additional MeOH. The MeOH was then evaporated off via vacuo and triturated with ethyl acetate and hexanes to yield 3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a light purple powder collected via filtration (1.60 g, 36% yield).

3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was dissolved in 3.0 mL of DMF and TEA (125 μL, 3.0 eq.) was then added to the reaction vessel. Reaction was then stirred on an ice bath for 15 min and 4-fluorobenzoyl chloride (35 μL, 1 eq.) dissolved in DMF (2.0 mL) was slowly added into the reaction. The reaction continued stirring for 18 hrs and allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction was tracked via HPLC, once completed and no traces of starting material is present, the solvent was then removed via vacuo and column chromatography was used to purify the compound. A gradient of 0 to 20% MeOH in dichloromethane was used and the desired fractions were combined, evaporated and triturated with diisoproyl ether then filtered to yield product D132 as an off white powder (0.007 g, 4.0% yield).

Example 8 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D137

To a solution of 1.50 g (2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide) in 15 mL of ethanol. was added 1.084 mL (1.0 eq.) of 4-isopropylaniline, and the reaction was stirred at 75° C. until starting amide was absent as confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (1.360 g, 62% yield).

2-cyano-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide (1.360 g) was suspended in 15 mL of ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (360 μL, 1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. Reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamidea as an off white to yellow powder. The product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (850 mg, 66% yield).

5-amino-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (850 mg) was suspended in 15 mL of ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (601 mg, 1.5 eq.) and piperidine (0.50 eq, 168 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (1.15 g, 97% yield).

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-isopropylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in 10 mL of MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D137 as an off white to light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 85 mg (83% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 9 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamid D82

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-(4-(2-propyl)-piperazin-1-yl)aniline (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a purple powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

2-cyano-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a purple powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-isopropylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain a D82 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (77% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 10 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-methylphenylsulfonamido)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D136

3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (150 mg) was dissolved in 25.00 mL of DMF along with TEA (211 μL, 2.50 eq.) and stirred on ice for 15 minutes. p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (145 mg, 1.25 eq.) dissolved in 1 mL of DMF was slowly dripped into to the reaction vessel and continued to stir for 18 hrs allowing the reaction to reach room temperature. Once the reaction was complete, traces of starting material is no longer present and confirmed by HPLC, water was added to the reaction until a white precipitate formed. The white precipitate was then collected via filtration and dried under vacuum for 18 hrs (30 mg, 12% yield).

Example 11 3-((4-(3-chloro-6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamido)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D141

3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was dissolved in 3.0 mL of DMF and TEA (125 μL, 3.0 eq.) was then added to the reaction vessel. Reaction was then stirred on an ice bath for 15 min and 3-Chloro-6-fluorobenzo[b]thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride (75 mg, 1.00 eq.) dissolved in DMF (2.0 mL) was slowly added into the reaction. The reaction continued stirring for 18 hrs and allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction was tracked via HPLC, once completed and no traces of starting material is present, the solvent was then removed via vacuo and column chromatography was used to purify the compound. A gradient of 0 to 20% MeOH in dichloromethane was used and the desired fractions were combined, evaporated and triturated with diisoproyl ether then filtered to yield product as an off white powder (0.008 g, 6.0% yield).

Example 12 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(2-methoxybenzamido)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D143

3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (150 mg) was dissolved in 8.0 mL of DMF and TEA (183 μL, 3.0 eq.) was then added to the reaction vessel. Reaction was then stirred on an ice bath for 15 min and o-Anisic acid (67 mg, 1.00 eq.) dissolved in DMF (2.0 mL) was slowly added into the reaction. The reaction continued stirring for 18 hrs and allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction was tracked via HPLC, once completed and no traces of starting material is present, the solvent was then removed via vacuo and column chromatography was used to purify the compound. A gradient of 0 to 20% MeOH in dichloromethane was used and the desired fractions were combined, evaporated and triturated with diisoproyl ether then filtered to yield product as an off white powder (0.025 g, 12.0% yield).

Example 13 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)oxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C1

Dissolved malononitrile (3.328 g) in DMF (35 mL), added TEA (1 eq., 6.983 mL), and stirred for 5 minutes before adding 3-chlorophenylisothiocyante (1 eq., 8.54 mL) dropwise, then stirred until complete by TLC (absence of 3-chlorophenylisothiocyanate, 3 hrs). Added methyl iodide (1 eq., 3.136 mL) dropwise, then stirred until intermediate was fully consumed (absent on TLC, 18 hrs); poured into 500 mL ice water, then filtered resulting solution to 2-(((3-chlorophenyl)amino)(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile as a white powder.

2-(((3-chlorophenyl)amino)(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile

Dissolved 2-(((3-chlorophenyl)amino)(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile in EtOH (100 mL) and added and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq., 2.44 mL), then heated to reflux until complete by TLC (absence of starting material, 18 hrs). Poured into ice water and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile as yellow powder.

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 4-((4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)oxy)benzaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product C1 was scraped and collected. (50 mg)

Example 14 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-pentafluorothiobenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C5

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 4-(pentafluorothio)benzaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product C5 was scraped and collected. (100 mg)

Example 15 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C21

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 4(2-hydroxyethoxy)benzaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product C21 was scraped and collected. (100 mg)

Example 16 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C31

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (350 mg) was suspended in EtOH (12 mL) and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (183 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (3 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain an imine product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (355 mg, 70% yield). Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH placed on an ice bath and under argon atmosphere and sodium borohydride (1.1 eq., 9 μL) was slowly added in. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (30 min), solution was quenched with water and white precipitate C31 was collected via filtration. (71 mg, 64% yield)

Example 17 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D1

Dissolved 7.00 g (2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide) in 125 mL of ethanol. Then added 4.348 mL (1.10 eq.) of 3-chloroaniline to the reaction vessel and stirred the reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent and confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as an off white to light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (6.0 g, 57% yield).

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide (6.00 g) was suspended in 100 mL of ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (1.478 mL, 1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. Reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as an off white to yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (4.40 g, 83% yield).

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (4.40 g) was suspended in 125.00 mL of ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (4.273, 1.5 eq.) and piperidine (0.50 eq, 865 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (4.00 g, 65% yield).

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (2.10 g) was suspended in 50 mL of MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 50° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D1 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 85 mg (83% yield) of final product was obtained. (1.700 g, 81% yield)

Example 18 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D11

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile in DMSO (40 mL), added potassium carbonate (0.50 eq, 2.59 g), then added hydrogen peroxide solution (3.5 mL of 30% solution in deionized water) dropwise over ice bath over the course of 10 minutes. After the final addition, kept on ice bath for 2 h, then heated to room temperature and stirred until complete by TLC. After 24 h, reaction had not come to completion, so the amount of hydrogen peroxide was doubled (additional 3.5 mL). Still incomplete, though progressing, the reaction was stirred at room temperature over the weekend. Reaction was complete by TLC after 3 days of stirring and was poured into 350 mL of ice water. After precipitate formed, solution was filtered and washed with water to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as gray powder.

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4-(pyrimidinyloxy)benzenecarbaldehyde (80 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain imine product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (104 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (3 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain a D11 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride.

Example 19 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-(((1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D18

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain imine product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (3 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D18 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride.

Example 20 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-(((4,5,6,7-tetrafluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)methyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D22

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4,5,6,7-tetrafluoro-1H-indole-3-carbaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (3 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D22 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride.

Example 21 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C17

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 4-(difluoromethoxy)-3-hydroxybenzaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product was scraped and collected. (100 mg)

Example 22 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-(((2-chloropyridin-3-yl)methyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C28

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 2-chloronicotinaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product C28 was scraped and collected. (100 mg)

Example 23 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-fluoro-2-methylbenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C29

Dissolved 5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (58 mg) in 4 mL ethanol and added 0.250 mmol of 4-fluoro-2-methylbenzaldehyde followed by a single drop of piperidine. This solution was then heated to 85° C. for 17 hrs, then the ethanol was evaporated and the resulting product was scraped from the reaction vessels. The powder was then resuspended in 4 mL of MeOH and 3 eq. of sodium borohydride was added and left stirring overnight at room temperature. Then MeOH was then evaporated and the product C29 was scraped and collected. (50 mg)

Example 24 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D150

Dissolved 22.0 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 350 mL of ethanol. Then added 12.01 g (1.10 eq.) of 3-aminopyridine to the reaction vessel and stirred the reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent and confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)acrylamide as an off white to light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (100% yield).

2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-(methylthio)-3-(pyridin-2-ylamino)acrylamide (17.00 g) was suspended in 200 mL of ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (3.386 mL, 1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. Reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a off white to yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (10.0 g, 63% yield).

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (1.0 g) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (559 mg, 1.0 eq.) and piperidine (0.10 eq, 47 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (85 mg, 58% yield).

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.200 g) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D150 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 150 mg (75% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 25 Synthesis of 5-((4-methoxybenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D151

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (1.0 g) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and 4-methoxybenzaldehyde (559 mg, 1.0 eq.) and piperidine (0.10 eq, 47 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-methoxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (800 mg, 50% yield).

5-((4-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.200 g) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D151 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 170 mg (85% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 26 Synthesis of 5-((4-chlorobenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D154

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (1.0 g) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and 4-chlorobenzaldehyde (644 mg, 1.0 eq.) and piperidine (0.10 eq, 39 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-chlorobenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-chlorobenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (850 mg, 55% yield).

5-((4-chlorobenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-chlorobenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.200 g) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D154 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 150 mg (75% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 27 Synthesis of 5-(benzylamino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D155

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (1.0 g) was suspended in 10 mL of ethanol and benzaldehyde (463 μL, 1.0 eq.) and piperidine (0.10 eq, 47 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-(benzylideneamino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess benzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (800 mg, 57% yield).

5-(benzylideneamino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-(benzylideneamino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.200 g) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D155 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 150 mg (75% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 28 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((2-methoxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D157

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.100 g) was suspended in 5 mL of ethanol and o-anisaldehyde (54 mg, 1.0 eq.) and piperidine (0.10 eq, 47 μL) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess o-anisaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (123 mg, 83% yield).

5-((2-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((2-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (0.123 g) was suspended in 3 mL of MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 105 mg (85% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 29 Synthesis of 3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D158

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 172 mg (1.0 eq.) 3,4-dichloroaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

2-cyano-3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (20 uL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (45 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (147 mg, 53% yield).

3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D158 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 70 mg (48% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 30 Synthesis of 3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D159

Dissolved 0.300 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 231 mg (1.0 eq.) 3-chloro-4-fluoroaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

3-((4-chloro-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (77 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (45 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4-drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (147 mg, 53% yield).

3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide e was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D159 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 132 mg (53% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 31 Synthesis of 3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D160

Dissolved 0.300 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 385 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-bromo-3-chloroaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-bromo-4-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((3-bromo-4-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

3-((3-bromo-4-chlorophenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (77 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (194 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-bromo-3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D160 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 110 mg (69% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 32 Synthesis of 3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D161

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 450 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-aminobiphenyl. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-3-ylamino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-3-ylamino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-3-ylamino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (124 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (325 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-([1,1′-biphenyl]-4-ylamino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D161 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 250 mg (25% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 33 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D162

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 328 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-methoxyaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

2-cyano-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (124 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

Product was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (325 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D162 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 94 mg (10% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 34 Synthesis of 55-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D163

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 255 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-fluoroaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 2-cyano-3-((3-fluorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

2-cyano-3-((3-fluorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

2-cyano-3-((3-fluorophenyl)amino)-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (124 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (325 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-fluorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D163 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 70 mg (7% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 35 Synthesis of 3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D164

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 422 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-tertbutylaniline. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((3-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide

3-((3-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-2-cyano-3-(methylthio)acrylamide was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (124 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (325 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D164 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 70 mg (7% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 36 Synthesis of 4-((4-carbamoyl-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid D165

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 255 mg (1.0 eq.) 4-aminobenzoic acid. Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-amino-2-cyano-1-(methylthio)-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl)amino)benzoic acid as a light yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((3-amino-2-cyano-1-(methylthio)-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl)amino)benzoic acid

3-((3-amino-2-cyano-1-(methylthio)-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl)amino)benzoic acid was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (124 μL, 1.0 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 4-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

4-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid

4-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (325 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (4 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 4-((4-carbamoyl-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

4-((4-carbamoyl-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid

4-((4-carbamoyl-5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoic acid was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D165 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohvdride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs.

Example 37 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D32

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)benzaldehyde (80 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (104 mg, 60% yield). Resulting imine (104 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq, 100 mg) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D32 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 31 mg (30% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 38 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D33

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (300 mg) was suspended in EtOH (5 mL) and 4-[{5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl}oxy]benzaldehyde (318 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (3 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (360 mg, 60% yield). Resulting imine (360 mg) was suspended in 10 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq., 272 mg) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D33 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 255 mg (70% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 39 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile

Dissolved 2-(bis(methylthio)methylene)malononitrile (1.5 g) in EtOH (50 mL), and heated to 75° C. until solids dissolved. 3-Aminopyridine (1.1 eq., 0.912 g) was then added and solution continued stirring for 2 days. Precipitate formed which was found to be 2-((methylthio)(pyridin-2-ylamino)methylene)malononitrile. Reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder.

2-((methylthio)(pyridin-2-ylamino)methylene)malononitrile

2-((methylthio)(pyridin-2-ylamino)methylene)malononitrile (0.830 g) was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and hydrazine hydrate (1.10 eq., 131 μL) was added. Reaction was stirred at 70° C. until complete by HPLC (absence of starting material, 18 hrs) and was brought to room temperature. 20 mL of deionized water was then added and precipitate formed which was filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile as a yellow powder.

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (31 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (40 mg, 53% yield).

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile

5-((4-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (40 mg) was suspended in 3 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq., 49 mg) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain C33 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 16 mg (41% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 40 Synthesis of 5-((3-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D38

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (1.0 g) was suspended in EtOH (10 mL) and 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde (559 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (10 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((3-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (800 mg, 55% yield).

5-((3-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((3-hydroxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq., 220 mg) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D38 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 180 mg (90% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 41 Synthesis of 5-((4-fluoro-3-methoxybenzyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D40

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (3 mL) and 4-Fluoro-3-methoxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-((4-fluoro-3-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-((4-fluoro-3-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-((4-fluoro-3-methoxybenzylidene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D40 a white powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 90 mg (88% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 42 Synthesis of 5-(((4-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D42

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide 8 (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (3 mL) and 4-Dimethylamino-1-naphthaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (I drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-(((4-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-(((4-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-(((4-(dimethylamino)naphthalen-1-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D42 as a white powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 90 mg (88% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 43 Synthesis of 5-(((2-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D43

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (3 mL) 2-Ethoxy-1-naphthaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-(((2-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-(((2-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-(((2-ethoxynaphthalen-1-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D43 as a white powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 90 mg (88% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 44 Synthesis of 3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-5-((2,4,5-trimethoxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D46

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (3 mL) 2,4,5-Trimethoxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-5-((2,4,5-trimethoxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-5-((2,4,5-trimethoxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-5-((2,4,5-trimethoxybenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D46 as a white powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 90 mg (88% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 45 Synthesis of 5-(((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methyl)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D53

5-amino-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (3 mL) 2-Pyrrolecarbaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-(((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-(((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-(((1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)amino)-3-(pyridin-3-ylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D53 as a white powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 90 mg (88% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 46 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile C32

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (100 mg) was then suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4-[{5-(Trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl}oxy]benzaldehyde (230 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)benzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr (217 mg, 52% yield).

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)benzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-((5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)benzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carbonitrile (170 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq, 100 mg) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 151 mg (89% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 47 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-(p-tolylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D61

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added p-Toluidine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-(p-tolylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-(p-tolylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-(p-tolylamino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D61 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (77% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 48 Synthesis of 3-((4-acetylphenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D62

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4′-aminoacetophenone (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75 degrees C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-acetylphenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-acetylphenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-acetylphenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D62 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 70 mg (68% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 49 Synthesis of 3-((4-carbamoylphenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D63

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-Aminobenzamide (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-carbamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-carbamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-carbamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D63 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 95 mg (94% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 50 Synthesis of 3-((4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D64

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-Aminobenzyl cyanide (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D64 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 100 mg (98% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 51 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D65

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added m-Anisidine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-methoxyphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain a D65 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 100 mg (98% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 52 Synthesis of 3-((3-cyanophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D66

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 3-Aminobenzonitrile (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-cyanophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3-cyanophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-cyanophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (200 mg) was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (91 mg, 1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D66 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 100 mg (98% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 53 Synthesis of ethyl 3-((4-carbamoyl-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoate D67

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added Ethyl 3-aminobenzoate (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain ethyl 3-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoate as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

ethyl 3-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoate

ethyl 3-((5-amino-4-carbamoyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)amino)benzoate was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D67 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 100 mg (98% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 54 Synthesis of 3-((3-ethylphenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D68

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 3-Ethylaniline (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-ethylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3-ethylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-ethylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D68 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 100 mg (98% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 55 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-nitrobenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D74

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-nitrobenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-nitrobenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((4-nitrobenzylidene)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D74 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 56 Synthesis of 3-((3-chloro-4-morpholinophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D75

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 3-Chloro-4-morpholinoaniline (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-morpholinophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-morpholinophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((3-chloro-4-morpholinophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D75 light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 47 mg (45% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 57 Synthesis of 3-((1H-indazol-5-yl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D76

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 5-Aminoindazole (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((1H-indazol-5-yl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((1H-indazol-5-yl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D76 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 47 mg (45% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 58 Synthesis of 3-((4-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D79

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-(1-Pyrazolyl)aniline (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 3-((4-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

3-((4-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

3-((4-(1H-pyrazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-5-amino-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D79 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 40 mg (38% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 59 Synthesis of 3-((4-benzylphenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D83

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-Aminodiphenylmethane (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-benzylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-benzylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D83 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 72 mg (70% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 60 Synthesis of 3-((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D90

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 5-amino-2-chloropyridine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((6-chloropyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D90 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 75 mg (73% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 61 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((thiophen-2-ylmethyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D95

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 2-Thiophenecarboxaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D95 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 31 mg (30% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 62 Synthesis of 3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-5-((furan-2-ylmethyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D96

5-amino-3-((3-chlorophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg) was suspended in EtOH (4 mL) and 2-Furaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (1 drop) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride (10 eq.) was added. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). After completion (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D96 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 40 mg (38% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 63 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(2-oxomorpholino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D99

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-(4-aminophenyl)morpholin-3-one (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(2-oxomorpholino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(2-oxomorpholino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(2-oxomorpholino)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D99 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 65 Synthesis of 3-((4-aminophenyl)amino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D101

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-Nitroaniline (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-Amino-3-((4-nitrophenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. Product (1.0 g) was then suspended in MeOH (20 mL) and Pd/C was added (0.10 eq., 100 mg). A balloon of H₂ gas was placed on reaction vessel and reaction was allowed to stir for 18 hrs at which point it was complete (HPLC, absence of starting material). Reaction was then poured over Celite and the Celite was washed with MeOH. MeOH was evaporated in vacuo and material was triturated with MeOH/DCM, then filtered to obtain D101 as a purple powder (0.600 mg).

Example 66 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-methyl-[1,4′-bipiperidin]-1′-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D102

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-methyl-1′-[(4-aminophenyl) 1,4′-bipiperidine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D102 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 67 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D98

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-methyl-1-(4-aminophenyl)-1H-imidazole (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(4-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D98 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 68 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)piperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D110

Preparation of (4-(4-aminophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone

To a solution of 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (0.5 g) and TEA (0.7 mL) in DCM (15 mL) at rt was added 4-nitrophenyl chloroformate (0.7 g). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h and then partitioned between DCM and ice-water. The separated aqueous layer was extracted with DCM thrice and the pooled organic extracts was washed with water and sat'd NaCl, dried over anhyd. Na₂SO₄, filtered, and conc. in vacuo to give the crude product as a yellow solid which was recrystallized from DCM and diisopropylether to give 4-nitrophenyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate as a bright yellow powder (Y=0.8 g, 89%).

4-nitrophenyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate

Added 0.590 g of 4-nitrophenyl 4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate to 5.0 mL piperidine and stirred at room temperature until complete. HPLC indicated that reaction was complete after 18 hrs by absence of starting material. Material was added to 15 mL ice water and precipitate formed which was filtered to obtain (4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 24 hrs (0.426 g, 84.4% yield).

(4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone

Dissolved 0.400 g (4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone in 10 mL MeOH and added 50 mg Pd/C. Bubbled hydrogen through reaction, then left hydrogen balloon on reaction vessel for 18 hours. Reaction was complete (HPLC, absence of starting material) and was thus filtered through Celite. Celite was washed with MeOH and MeOH subsequently evaporated. Material was triturated with IPE/DCM and filtered to obtain 4-(4-aminophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone as a pink powder (256 mg, 63% yield).

(4-(4-aminophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone Preparation of Compound D110

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added (4-(4-aminophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)(piperidin-1-yl)methanone (starting aniline, 1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(1-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(1-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(1-(piperidine-1-carbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D110 as a light yellow powder product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 69 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-sulfamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D107

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added Sulfanilamide (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-sulfamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-sulfamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-sulfamoylphenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D107 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 70 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D113

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-Methylsulphonylbenzylamine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(methylsulfonyl)benzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (100 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D113 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 80 mg (78% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 71 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((6-morpholinopyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D117

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 4-(5-amino-2-pyridinyl)morpholine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((6-morpholinopyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((6-morpholinopyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((6-morpholinopyridin-3-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (200 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D117 as a light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 130 mg (65% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 72 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D120

Dissolved 0.500 g 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in 15 mL EtOH and added 1-(4-aminophenyl)-4-(1-pyrrolidinyl)piperidine (1.0 eq.). Stirred reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Product was then suspended in 10 mL EtOH and hydrazine hydrate (1 eq.) was added dropwise. Reaction was heated at 75° C. until intermediate was absent (HPLC). Once intermediate was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain 5-amino-3-((4-(4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide as a yellow powder. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

5-amino-3-((4-(4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide

5-amino-3-((4-(4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide was then suspended in 8 mL EtOH and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 eq.) and piperidine (2 drops) were added. Stirred at reflux until intermediate was absent (HPLC). After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow powder. Powder was washed with EtOH to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr. Resulting imine (380 mg) was suspended in 5 mL MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once complete (1 hr), precipitate was filtered to obtain D120 as a light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs. 250 mg (66% yield) of final product was obtained.

Example 73 3-(cyclohexylamino)-5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D133

Dissolved 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in ethanol. Then added (1.10 eq.) of cyclohexylamine to the reaction vessel and stirred the reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent and confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Intermediate was suspended in ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. Reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a off white to yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Second intermediate was suspended in ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.5 eq.) and piperidine (0.50 eq.) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Imine was suspended in MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D133 as an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs.

Example 74 Synthesis of 5-((4-hydroxybenzyl)amino)-3-((4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl)amino)-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxamide D134

Dissolved 2-cyano-3,3-bis(methylthio)acrylamide in ethanol. Then added (1.10 eq.) of 4-(morpholinomethyl)aniline to the reaction vessel and stirred the reaction at 75° C. until starting amide was absent and confirmed by HPLC. Once complete (18 hrs), the reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain an off white to light yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Intermediate was suspended in ethanol and hydrazine hydrate (1.5 eq.) was added drop wise to the reaction. Reaction was then heated at 75° C. until the starting material was no longer present and confirmed via HPLC. Once starting material was absent (18 hrs), reaction was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain a off white to yellow powder as product. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Second intermediate was suspended in ethanol and 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.5 eq.) and piperidine (0.50 eq.) was added. Stirred the reaction at reflux until starting material was absent and confirmed by HPLC. After reaction was complete (18 hrs) it was brought to room temperature and filtered to obtain product as a yellow to orange powder. The product was washed with ethanol to remove any excess 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 1 hr.

Imine was suspended in MeOH and sodium borohydride was added until bubbling ceased and then heated to 60° C. HPLC confirmed reaction was complete (absence of imine). Once completed (1 hr), reaction cooled to room temperature, precipitate was filtered to obtain D134 as an off white to light yellow powder. Product was washed with deionized water to remove excess sodium borohydride. Product was allowed to dry under vacuum for 18 hrs.

Example I Melting Point and Mass Spectrometry Data for Kinase Inhibitors

The melting points and mass spectrometry data for the kinase inhibitors are summarized in Table 1 below.

TABLE 1 MS Melting Point MS positive negative Compound (° C.) ion mode ion mode C31 205-208 340 D1 196-200 D2 214-216 324 322 D3 440 D4 399 D5 391 D6 376 D7 424 D8 385 D9 362 D10 503 D11 435 D12 423 D13 412 D14 502 D15 423 D16 394 D17 373 D18 471 D19 442 D20 442 D21 417 D22 454 D23 438 D24 450 D25 396 D26 472 D27 347 D28 363 D29 428 D30 378 C1 94-99 490 C2 62-72 487 C3 100-104 485 C4 degrades @ 91 455 C5 350+ 452 C6 350+ 450 C7 350+ 442 C8 degrades @ 74 435 C9 degrades @ 225 432 C10 degrades @ 110 428 C11 degrades @ 71 425 C12 degrades @ 105 424 C13 degrades @ 320 422 C14 degrades @ 114 424 C15 degrades @ 337 410 C16 degrades @ 298 409 C17 degrades @ 146 408 D31 degrades @ 165 405 C18 130-140 392 C19 171-174 235 C20 degrades @ 283 393 C21 350+ 385 C22 degrades @ 219 383 C23 degrades @ 205 377 C24 172-180 375 C25 degrades @ 317 375 C26 degrades @ 200 235 C27  97-105 374 C28 degrades @ 184 360 C29 degrades @ 227 357 C30 degrades @ 210 355 D32 193-199 435 D33 205-211 503 C33 216-222 307.16 D150 229-233 325 D151 218-222 339 D152 226-230 339 D153 228-231 339 337 D154 228-231 343 341 D155 228-231 309 307 D158 203-209 391.97 D159 178-183 375.98 D160 199-204 437 D156 217-222 343 341 D157 225-227 372 370 D59 193-198 329 D38 208-212 325 D39 212-216 325 D40 226-229 357 D41 244-248 337 D42 225-229 402 D43 231-236 403 D44 242-246 353 D45 269-272 367 D46 197-202 399 D103 214-218 369 D47 222-225 399 D48 267-272 351 D49 204-208 355 D148 230-234 337 D50 237-241 369 D51 207-212 381 D52 215-219 355 D53 201-206 298 D161 206-210 399.5 D162 176-180 353 D163 204-207 341 D164 218-222 379 D165 285-290 367 D54 219-225 371 D55 214-219 371 D56 217-222 387 D57 213-216 389 C32 184-194 485 D60 228-231 390 D61 169-174 D62 167-172 368 D63 225-230 367 D64 200-203 363 D65 177-180 354 D66 189-194 349 D67 132-136 396 D68 208-212 352 D69 196-200 431 D70 211-213 401 D71 169-182 434 D72 186-193 435 D73 195-199 385 D74 387 D77 196-200 387 D78 370 D75 162-168 443 D76 250-260 364 D79 240-260 285 D80 234-237 284 D81 198-201 D82 210-220 450 D85 372 D86 358 D87 374 D88 413 D93 209-227 D94 184-194 414 D95 222-227 347 D96 214-220 331 D97 219-221 332 D89 223-227 359 D90 221-225 359 D91 259-265 392 D92 199-205 422 D98 257-260 404 D99 194-197 423 D100 208-211 427 D101 190-193 D102 220-224 504 D104 165-168 354 352 D110 236-240 519 D105 180-184 386 D106 203-207 386.92 D107 270-275 403 D108 300+ 536 D109 217-221 401 D111 258-266 391 D112 178-180 369 D113 263-267 416 D114 189-191 374 D115 215-218 390 D116 230-236 456 D118 199-203 410 D119 203-206 505 D120 476 477 D121 241-244 476 D122 204-207 390 D123 175-178 386 D124 219-227 486 D125 216-220 481 D126 184-188 367 D127 168-172 274 D129 503 D130 477 D131 216-220 461 D132 227-231 461 D133 330 D134 196-200 336 D135 222-226 439 D136 187-195 402 D137 200-204 366 D138 199-204 406 D139 237-241 450 D140 177-183 450 D141 228-232 552 D142 208-211 511 D143 208-211 472.9 D144 200-203 472.99 D145 213-217 472.96 D146 213-217 527 D147 213-217 527 D129 503 D130 477 D131 216-220 461 D132 227-231 461 D133 330 D134 196-200 336 D135 222-226 439 D136 187-195 402 D137 200-204 366 D138 199-204 406 D141 228-232 552 D142 208-211 511 D143 208-211 472.9 D144 200-203 472.99 D145 213-217 472.96 D146 213-217 527 D147 213-217 527 D134 196-200 336 D135 222-226 439 D136 187-195 402 D137 200-204 366 D138 199-204 406 D139 237-241 450 D140 177-183 450 D141 228-232 552 D142 208-211 511 D143 208-211 472.9 D144 200-203 472.99 D145 213-217 472.96 D146 213-217 527 D147 213-217 527 D166 428

Example II Enzymatic Assays for Kinase Inhibitory Activity

Solutions of a test compound, Crebtide (a substrate), a kinase, and ATP were prepared using 1×MAPK Buffer (50 mM HEPES, 1 mM EGTA, 10 mM EGTA, 10 mM MgCl₂, 2 mM DTT, and 0.01% Tween 20). The test compound solution had a concentration of either 10 μM or 10×IC₅₀ of the compound. The Crebtide solution had a concentration of 200 nM. The kinase domain protein of RC kinase had a concentration of 3 mg/mL. The full-length kinase protein of RC kinase had a concentration of 40 mg/mL. ATP had a concentration of 4 μM when the kinase domain protein was used or 12 μM when the full-length protein was used in the assay.

To each well, the test compound (1 μL) was first added (in duplicate) to reach a final concentration of 1 μM or 1×IC₅₀ of the compound. The kinase (5 μL) was then added to each well to reach a final concentration of 1 mg/mL for the kinase domain or 20 mg/mL for the full-length domain. Each plate included a positive and negative controls in duplicate wells. Crebtide (2.5 μL) was then added to each well in duplicate to reach a final concentration of 50 nM. If the full-length kinase was used, the plates were incubated for 45 min at room temperature before proceeding further. ATP (2.5 μL) was added to each well to reach a final concentration of 1 μM for the kinase domain and 3 μM for the full-length.

After the addition of ATP, the plates were incubated for 45 min at room temperature. During the incubation, an EDTA solution (40 mM) and anti-Crebtide (16 mM) were prepared. Additionally, a detection buffer stock solution was diluted ten fold before use.

After the incubation, the anti-Crebtide (5 μL) and EDTA (5 μL) were added to each well to reach their final concentrations of 4 mM and 10 mM, respectively. The plates were allowed to develop at room temperature for 45 min. The plates were then read at 665 nm and 615 nm using Perkin Elmer Lance machine.

The biological results of inhibition of the kinase domain protein of RC kinase are summarized in Tables 2 and 3, wherein A represents at least 50% inhibition of the RC kinase activity at 1 μM; B represents no greater than 50% but at least 20% inhibition of the RC kinase activity at 1 μM; C represents no greater than 20% but at least 5% inhibition of the RC kinase activity at 1 μM; and D represents no greater than 5% inhibition of the RC kinase activity at 1 μM.

TABLE 2 Ac- Ac- Ac- Ac- Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity C1 C C2 B C3 C C4 C C5 C C6 B C7 C C8 C C9 D C10 D C11 D C12 D C13 D C14 D C15 D C16 D C17 D C18 C C19 C C20 C C21 C C22 D D23 D C24 C C25 B C26 C C27 C C28 D C29 C C30 C C31 D C32 C C33 B

TABLE 3 Ac- Ac- Ac- Ac- Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity Cmpd. tivity D1 A D2 B D3 B B4 B D5 C D6 C D7 C D8 B D9 B D10 A D11 A D12 D D13 C D14 C D15 B D16 B D17 B D18 B D19 C D20 C D21 B D22 D D23 B D24 D D25 B D26 D D27 D D28 C D29 D D30 C D31 B D32 B D33 C D34 C D39 B D40 B D41 C D38 A D43 B D44 C D45 D D42 B D47 C D48 C D49 C D46 C D51 C D52 C D53 C D50 C D55 C D56 D D57 C D54 C D59 C D60 A D61 A D58 C D63 A D64 A D65 A D62 A D67 A D68 A D69 C D66 A D71 B D72 B D73 B D70 C D75 A D76 A D77 B D74 C D79 A D80 A D81 A D78 C D83 A D84 A D85 B D82 A D87 D D88 B D89 B D86 D D91 A D92 A D93 B D90 A D95 D D96 B D97 C D94 B D99 A D100 A D101 A D98 A D103 A D104 B D105 B D102 A D107 A D108 A D109 A D106 D D111 A D112 B D113 C D110 A D115 C D116 A D121 A D114 D D119 A D120 A D125 A D118 A D123 D D124 A D129 A D122 C D127 C D132 A D133 B D126 A D131 A D136 B D137 B D130 A D135 A D144 A D141 B D134 A D143 A D148 C D145 A D138 B D147 A D152 B D153 C D142 A D151 B D156 C D157 C D146 A D155 C D160 B D161 A D150 A D159 A D164 A D165 A D154 C D163 A D162 A D158 A D166 D

The examples set forth above are provided to give those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the claimed embodiments, and are not intended to limit the scope of what is disclosed herein. Modifications that are obvious to persons of skill in the art are intended to be within the scope of the following claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited in this specification are incorporated herein by reference as if each such publication, patent or patent application were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference. 

What is claimed is:
 1. A method for the treatment or amelioration of one or more symptoms of an RC-kinase-mediated disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃-₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a)is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c)and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂-₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e)is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d),—B(OR^(a))OR^(d),—C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
 2. The method of claim 1, having the structure of Formula I:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
 3. The method of claim 2, having the structure of Formula XIII:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
 4. The method of claim 1, wherein R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q.
 5. The method of claim 4, wherein R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 6. The method of claim 5, wherein R² is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or cycloheptyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 7. The method of claim 6, wherein R² is cyclopropyl or cyclohexyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 8. The method of claim 4, wherein R² is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 9. The method of claim 8, wherein R² is 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 10. The method of claim 9, wherein R² is pyridinyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 11. The method of claim 4, wherein R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁-₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a).
 12. The method of claim 11, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.
 13. The method of claim 4, wherein R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, or pyridinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q.
 14. The method of claim 13, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, and C₁₋₆ alkoxy, where the alkyl and alkoxy are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a).
 15. The method of claim 13, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from cyano, nitro, chloro, methyl, butyl, and methoxy.
 16. The method of claim 15, wherein R² is cyclopropyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 3,5-dichlorophenyl, 2,3,4,5-tetrachlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-t-butylphenyl, 3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, or pyridin-3-yl.
 17. The method of claim 4, wherein R² is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 18. The method of claim 17, having the structure of Formula IV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: each R⁶ is independently (a) cyano, halo, or nitro; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂-₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q; or (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —B(OR^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OR^(1a), —OC(O)R^(1a), —OC(O)OR^(1a), —OC(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OC(═NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OS(O)R^(1a), —OS(O)₂R^(1a), —OS(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —OS(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)C(O)R^(1d), —NR^(1a)C(O)OR^(1d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)C(═NR^(1d))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)S(O)R^(1d), —NR^(1a)S(O)₂R^(1d), —NR^(1a)S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —NR^(1a)S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c), —SR^(1a), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and n is an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or
 5. 19. The method of claim 18, having the structure of Formula XV:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof.
 20. The method of claim 1, wherein R^(5c) is hydrogen.
 21. The method of claim 1, wherein R^(5d) is hydrogen.
 22. The method of claim 1, wherein R^(5a)is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 23. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a)is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q; and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a),—OR^(1a),—NR^(1b)R^(1c),and —S(O)₂R^(1a).
 24. The method of claim 23, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.
 25. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 26. The method of claim 25, wherein R^(5a) is phenyl or naphthyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 27. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a) is heteroaryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 28. The method of claim 27, wherein R^(5a) is furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo [d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, or 4H-benzo [d][1,3]dioxinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 29. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a) is heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 30. The method of claim 29, wherein R^(5a) is tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q.
 31. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a) is phenyl, naphthyl, furanyl pyrrolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo [d][1,2,3]thiadiazolyl, 4H-benzo [d][1,3]dioxinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, piperidinyl, or piperazinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents Q.
 32. The method of claim 31, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from (a) halo, cyano, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q; and (c) —B(R^(1a))OR^(1d), —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —OR^(1a), —NR^(1b)R^(1c), and —S(O)₂R^(1a).
 33. The method of claim 31, wherein each substituent Q is independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, pentafluorosulfanyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxymethyl, phenylthiomethyl, phenyl, fluorophenyl, chlorophenyl, thienyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, methylpiperazinyl, tetrahydropyrrolyl, morpholinyl, hydroxyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, fluorobenzyloxy, chlorothiazolylmethoxy, pyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyrimidinyloxy, trifluoromethylpyridinyloxy, hydroxyethoxy, hydroxycarbonylmethoxy, amino, dimethylamino, hydroxyboryl, acetyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, methylsulfonyl, and phenylsulfonyl.
 34. The method of claim 22, wherein R^(5a) is (i) phenyl or naphth-1-yl; (ii) 4-chlorophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-nitrophenyl, 4-pentafluorosulfanylphenyl, 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-thien-2-ylphenyl, 4-(4H-1,2,4-triazol-4-yl)phenyl, 4-pyridin-2-ylphenyl, 4-(benzimidazol-1-yl)phenyl, 4-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)phenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl, 4-(4-fluorobenzyloxy)phenyl, 3-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(4-trifluoromethylpyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(pyrimidin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 4-(5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yloxy)phenyl, 2-(hydroxycarbonylmethoxy)phenyl, or 4-methylsulfonylphenyl; (iii) 2-fluoro-6-chlorophenyl, 4-fluoro-3-cyanophenyl, 4-fluoro-2-methylphenyl, 4-fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl, 3-fluoro-4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 5-bromo-2-hydroxyphenyl, 2-nitro-5-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 4-nitro-3-hydroxyphenyl, 5-nitro-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-nitro-4-methoxyphenyl, 5-trifluoromethyl-2-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dihydroxyphenyl, 2,5-dihydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-6-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4-difluoromethoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy-4-(2-chlorothiazol-5-ylmethoxy)phenyl, or 5-(hydroxyboryl)-2-methoxyphenyl; (iv) 3,5-difluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyphenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-4-methoxyphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl, 4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxyphenyl, or 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-dimethylaminophenyl; (v) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl, 5-(hydroxymethyl)furan-2-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrrol-3-yl, 1-phenylsulfonylpyrrol-2-yl, thien-2-yl, 2-(pyridin-2-yl)thien-5-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-phenylthiomethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 1-methyl-3-trifluoromethyl-5-chloropyrazol-4-yl, 3-(4-fluorophenyl)pyrazol-4-yl, imidazol-4-yl, 2-ethyl-5-methylimidazol-4-yl, 2-phenyl-5-chloroimidazol-4-yl, 5-methylisoxazol-5-yl, 2-chloro-thiazol-5-yl, 2-aminothiazol-5-yl, 4-methylthiazol-5-yl, 2-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-3-yl, 3-tetrahydropyrrol-1-ylpyridin-5-yl, 2-(morpholin-4-yl)pyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-3-yl, 2-chloropyridin-5-yl, 2-chloropyridin-6-yl, 3-fluoropyridin-2-yl, 2-methoxypyridin-5-yl, pyrazin--yl, 3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl, benzo [d][1,2,3]thiadiazol-5-yl, 2-methylindo1-3-yl, 1-methyl-2-chloroindol-3-yl, 4,5 ,6,7-tetrafluoroindol -3 -yl, 6-fluoro-4H-benzo [d][1,3] dioxin-8-yl, or benzimidazol-2-yl; or (vi) 1-(benzyloxycarbonyl)tetrahydropyrrol-2-yl, piperidin-4-yl, 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl, or 4-acetylpiperazin-1-yl.
 35. The method of claim 1, wherein R³ is hydrogen.
 36. The method of claim 1, wherein R¹ is hydrogen.
 37. The method of claim 1, wherein R⁴ is CN.
 38. The method of claim 1, wherein R⁴ is aminocarbonyl.
 39. The method of claim 1, wherein R⁴ is —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b).
 40. The method of claim 39, wherein R^(4b) is hydrogen.
 41. The method of claim 39, wherein R^(4a) is C₆₋₁₄ aryl, optionally substituted with one or more substituted.
 42. The method of claim 41, wherein R^(4a) is phenyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituted.
 43. The method of claim 41, wherein R^(4a) is methoxyphenyl.
 44. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

and stereoisomers, enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers, mixtures of diastereomers, and isotopic variants thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, and prodrugs thereof.
 45. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of:

and stereoisomers, enantiomers, mixtures of enantiomers, mixtures of diastereomers, and isotopic variants thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, and prodrugs thereof.
 46. A method for the treatment or amelioration of one or more symptoms of an eosinophil-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R⁴a is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a)is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c)and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e)is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR ^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR ^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c)—P(O)R^(a)R^(d)—P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R_(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h),—P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
 47. A method for the treatment or amelioration of one or more symptoms of a basophil-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c)together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c)together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR ^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR ^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
 48. A method for the treatment or amelioration of one or more symptoms of a mast cell-related disorder, disease, or condition in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c)together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c)together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), 13 OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
 49. A method for the treatment or amelioration of one or more symptoms of an inflammatory disease in a subject, which comprises administering to the subject a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃-₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a) is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c) and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R¹c together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c)together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR ^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR ^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c),—P(O)R^(a)R^(d) —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R, —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl.
 50. The method of claim 1, wherein the disorder, disease, or condition is selected from the group consisting of asthma, allergic asthma, exercise induced asthma, allergic rhinitis, perennial allergic rhinitis, seasonal allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, contact hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis, conjunctivitis, allergic conjunctivitis, eosinophilic bronchitis, food allergies, eosinophilic gastroenteritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, mastocytosis, hyper IgE syndrome, systemic lupus erythematous, psoriasis, acne, multiple sclerosis, allograft rejection, reperfusion injury, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, Churg-Strauss syndrome, sinusitis, basophilic leukemia, chronic urticaria, basophilic leukocytosis, eczema, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, osteoarthritis, and cardiovascular disorders.
 51. The method of claim 1, wherein the disorder, disease, or condition is asthma, exercise induced asthma, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, or allergic conjunctivitis.
 52. The method of claim 1, wherein the compound is administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
 53. A method for modulating RC kinase activity, comprising contacting a RC kinase with a compound of Formula IA:

or a stereoisomer, enantiomer, mixture of enantiomers, mixture of diastereomers, or isotopic variant thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, hydrate, or prodrug thereof; wherein: R¹ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R² is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R³ is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁴ is cyano, aminocarbonyl, —C(O)N═CR^(4a)R^(4b), or —C(O)NR^(4a)R^(4b); wherein: R^(4a) is C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(4b) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃-₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); R⁵ is —N(R^(5e))CR^(5a)R^(5c)R^(5d); wherein: R^(5a)is C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; R^(5c)and R^(5d) are each independently hydrogen, halo, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; and R^(5e) is hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, —C(O)R^(1a), —C(O)OR^(1a), —C(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), —C(NR^(1a))NR^(1b)R^(1c), —S(O)R^(1a), —S(O)₂R^(1a), —S(O)NR^(1b)R^(1c), or —S(O)₂NR^(1b)R^(1c); and each R^(1a), R^(1b), R^(1c), and R^(1d) is independently hydrogen, C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl; or R^(1a) and R^(1c) together with the C and N atoms to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; or R^(1b) and R^(1c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q, where each Q is independently selected from (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each of which is further optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); and (c) —B(R^(a))OR^(d), —B(OR^(a))OR^(d), —C(O)R^(a), —C(O)OR^(a), —C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —C(NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OR^(a), —OC(O)R^(a), —OC(O)OR^(a), —OC(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OC(═NR^(a))NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)R^(a), —OS(O)₂R^(a), —OS(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —OS(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)OR^(d), —NR^(a)C(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)C(═NR^(d))NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)₂R^(d), —NR^(a)S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), —NR^(a)S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), —P(O)R^(a)R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))R^(d), —P(O)(OR^(a))(OR^(d)), —SR^(a), —S(O)R^(a), —S(O)₂R^(a), —S(O)NR^(b)R^(c), and —S(O)₂NR^(b)R^(c), wherein each R^(a), R^(b), R^(c), and R^(d) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); or (iii) R^(b) and R^(c) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents Q^(a); wherein each Q^(a) is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) oxo, cyano, halo, nitro, and pentafluorosulfanyl; (b) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, and heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; and (c) —B(R^(e))OR^(g), —B(OR^(e))OR^(g), —C(O)R^(e), —C(O)OR^(e), —C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —C(NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OR^(e), —OC(O)R^(e), —OC(O)OR^(e), —OC(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OC(═NR^(e))NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)R^(e), —OS(O)₂R^(e), —OS(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —OS(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)C(O)OR^(f), —NR^(e)C(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)C(═NR^(h))NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)₂R^(h), —NR^(e)S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), —NR^(e)S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g), —P(O)R^(e)R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))R^(h), —P(O)(OR^(e))(OR^(h)), —SR^(e), —S(O)R^(e), —S(O)₂R^(e), —SF₅, —S(O)NR^(f)R^(g), and —S(O)₂NR^(f)R^(g); wherein each R^(e), R^(f), R^(g), and R^(h) is independently (i) hydrogen; (ii) C₁₋₆ alkyl, C₂₋₆ alkenyl, C₂₋₆ alkynyl, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₆₋₁₄ aryl, C₇₋₁₅ aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, or heterocyclyl-C₁₋₆ alkyl; or (iii) R^(f) and R^(g) together with the N atom to which they are attached form heterocyclyl. 